199
All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Evolium. ED 1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 – ALICE 04.10 Y 1 08 RELEASED / 3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA 4 4 EVOLIUM Site Originators STUTTGART : Domain ENGINEERING RULES Division AND CONFIGURATIONS Rubric G4 BTS – MBI Type Distribution Codes Internal External : : : : ALCATEL 900/1800/1900 BSS ENGINEERING DOCUMENTATION BTS HW CONFIGURATION RULES : G. GRASSIN R. D. WOELFLE PREDISTRIBUTION (*) STUTTGART VELIZY EU J.SCHREIBER F.MENET D.RENAUDEAU M. HENNEQUIN V.MIHAL PL.RUET M.LACOMBE G. CARLE J.COLLMAR O.BARATTE S. DAVAI N. DELISLE R.NUECHTER N.HECKEL MASSY U.HOERNCHEN C.DIDIER A. PEDRAZA M. ELSAESSER R.CORDANI K. SAAGER S. DUBLED TIMISOARA M. IORTOMAN V. MAIER Distribution is made: – via DIAMS for Released documents. URL: http://bcv85s24.vz.cit.alcatel.fr/edms/login.htm, – via e_mail for Proposals. ABSTRACT This document describes the engineering rules and the hardware configurations of the Alcatel 9100 Multi– standard Base Station Indoor for GSM, and the ordering rules for each configuration in accordance with the PCL references. Approvals Name App. App. Name J.SCHREIBER P. Y. COURTINE

BTS Engineering Rules

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

Y 1

08

RELEASED

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

4

4

EVOLIUMSite

Originators

STUTTGART

:

Domain

ENGINEERING RULES

Division

AND CONFIGURATIONS

Rubric

G4 BTS – MBI

TypeDistribution Codes Internal External

::::

ALCATEL 900/1800/1900 BSSENGINEERING DOCUMENTATIONBTSHW CONFIGURATION RULES

:

G. GRASSINR. D. WOELFLE

PREDISTRIBUTION (*)STUTTGART VELIZY EUJ.SCHREIBER F.MENET D.RENAUDEAU M. HENNEQUINV.MIHAL PL.RUET M.LACOMBE G. CARLEJ.COLLMAR O.BARATTE S. DAVAI N. DELISLER.NUECHTER N.HECKEL MASSYU.HOERNCHEN C.DIDIER A. PEDRAZAM. ELSAESSER R.CORDANIK. SAAGER S. DUBLED TIMISOARA

M. IORTOMAN V. MAIER

Distribution is made:– via DIAMS for Released documents. URL: http://bcv85s24.vz.cit.alcatel.fr/edms/login.htm ,– via e_mail for Proposals.

ABSTRACTThis document describes the engineering rules and the hardware configurations of the Alcatel 9100 Multi–standard Base Station Indoor for GSM, and the ordering rules for each configuration in accordance withthe PCL references.

Approvals

NameApp.

App.Name

J.SCHREIBER

P. Y. COURTINE

Page 2: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

Y 2

08

RELEASED

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

4

4

(*) Predistribution list for document review.

REVIEWEd06 compared with “Configurator v4.6”–Tool (from Massy site)

HISTORY

Ed.01 – Proposal 01 on 2002–01–31Creation.

Ed.01 – Proposal 02 on 2002–02–21– MBI3 and MBI5 rack layouts updated: add of missing dummy panel between STASR1 and STASR2,– Possibility to implement a BATS in STASR where 2 x ANY + 1 x ANC are already foreseen,– Alignment on PCL Ed20–Pr02 (new definition of the TDRs related to DC and AC cabinets),– Remark from R.Nuechter taken into account. (EDGE power: TRAD 12W, TADH 25W, TRAP 25W)

Ed.01 – Proposal 03 on 2002–03–25– Update according to review report EVOLIUM/R&D/O&M/SYSTEM/2002.029,– AC power supply is now proposed for High Power configurations,– 3x1...3 High Power is now operated with 3 x TADH (no more mixing of HP and MP TREs),– Add of 2x1...4 AC / BU101, 3x1...2 AC / BU101.

Ed.01 – Released on 2002–04–17– Released according to review report EVOLIUM/R&D/O&M/SYSTEM/2002.041.

Ed.02 – Proposal 01 on 2002–09–06– Remark concerning usage of single ANY added– Introduction of of new configurations:

Standard configurations MBI5: 4x1...3 DC and 2x4+2x2 DCHigh power GSM1800 – TRDH MBI5: 2x1...2 AC and 3x2 AC

Ed.02 – Released on 2002–09–24– Released with replacement of MBO*OOC with EXTBAT*OO4 in MBI5 AC variants

Ed.03 – Proposal 01 on 2002–12–18– Some minor bug corrections– Introduction of GSM 900 High Power (TAGH)– Introduction of of configurations with ANX & ANY MBI3 – 1x1...4 DC or AC

MBI3 – 2x1...2 DC or ACMBI3 – 3x1...2 DC

– Extension of the mnemonic for bi–sector configurations with pre–equipment:Addition of maximum allowed number of TRX in the “–Pre”–Part.

Ed.03 – Proposal 02 on 2003–01–14– Some bug corrections– Addition of additional fixing kit (option)– Change of ANC ordering rule for MBI5 4x1...3 DC (One ANC with CS04 required)

Ed.03 – Released on 2003–02–25– Released as described in Ed.03, proposals 01 & 02, with some further bug correction– Clarification of quantity rules for ANY of multiband configurations

Page 3: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

Y 3

08

RELEASED

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

4

4

Ed.04– Proposal 01 on 2003–03–26– Some bug corrections– Deletion of the “Low loss” addendum in the MBI5 9...12 (chapter 4.8) and change form “VL” (”very low loss”) to “LL” in MBI5 9...12TRX (chapter 5.3)– Introduction of MBI5 – 1x6 + 2x3 – DC

Ed.04– Released on 2003–03–26– Released as described in proposal 01 with some further bug corrections, i.e.:

Usage of 3 ANC without cables and one with cables for all configurations with 4 ANC

Ed.05– Proposal 01 on 2003–07–31– Introduction of 24V DC power supply for some MBI5 configurations– Change of antenna mapping

Ed.05– Released on 2003–08–05– Released as described in proposal 01

Ed.06– Proposal 01 on 2003–11–11– Introduction of ANB– Introduction of new configuration: MBI5 4x1...2 HP DC

Ed.06– Released on 2003–11–19– Some minor bug corrections– Introduction of multiband configurations 900/1900–Introductions of changes as described in proposal 1:

– Introduction of ANB– Introduction of new configuration: MBI5 4x1...2 HP DC

Ed.07– Proposal 01 on 2004–02–12– Introduction of configurations with ANY High Power: 1x1...8 and 1x1...8 24V DC– Introduction of new configuration MBI3 3x1 High Power DC 900 MHz– Introduction of TRE EDGE+ (enhanced 8–PSK power) for all 900 & 1800 MP configurations

Ed.07– Released on 2004–04–20– with changes as described in proposal 1, and:

– Introduction of new configuration MBI5 3x3 Low Loss DC– Introduction of configurations High Power MBD and MBC– Introduction of new configuration MBI3 2x1...2 GSM850 / 1x1...2 GSM1900 MBD DC– Introduction of new conf. MBI5 3x1/3x2 and 3x2/3x1 MBD or 3x(1/2) and 3x(2/1) MBC DC– Introduction of new conf. MBI5 3x1/3x2 and 3x2/3x1 HP MBD or 3x(1/2) and 3x(2/1) HP MBC DC

Ed.08– Proposal 01 on 2004–07–23– Replacement of ANY by ANY high power– Introduction of new configurations MBI5 1x7+1x5 900/1800 DC and MBI5 2x5+1x2 900/1800 DC– Introduction of configurations without TRE– Introduction of new configuration MBI5 3x1...2 + 1x4 with ANY for single antenna– Addition and update of antenna mappings for configurations with more than 4 ANC– Correction of bugs found by comparison with “Configurator v4.6”–Tool from Massy

Ed.08 – Proposal 2 on 2004–00–09– Addition of MBI3 without TRE to existing MBI5 without TRE (from proposal 1)– Introduction of TRE High Power EDGE+– Addition of the option “E+” to the mnemonics for configurations with new TRE for EDGE+– Update to a common ANC numbering: Sector n= ANC1, p= 2, q = 3, r = 4, s = 5, t = 6

Page 4: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

Y 4

08

RELEASED

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

4

4

Ed.08– Released on 2004–10–06– with changes as described in proposal 2

INTERNAL REFERENCED DOCUMENTS

Product Configuration Level – A9100 BTS3BK 15015 AAAA ALZZA

For other references, refer to the document itself.

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

Not applicable.

END OF DOCUMENT

Page 5: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

1

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

HW CONFIGURATION RULES

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LIST OF FIGURES AND TABLES 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

HISTORY 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

REFERENCED DOCUMENTS 7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

RELATED DOCUMENTS 7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PREFACE 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1 INTRODUCTION 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2 GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS AND CONFIGURATIONS 9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 General characteristics 9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2 Configurations overview 11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3 Special configurations 13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4 Restrictions and Remarks 13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.4.1 Usage of ANY 14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3 ENGINEERING RULES 15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 Rack and subrack configuration 15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 Rack and subrack configuration – AC variant 16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3 Rack and subrack configuration – 24V DC variant 16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4 Usage of ANB instead of ANC 17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5 Modules location, numbering schemes 17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.5.1 STASR subrack 17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5.2 SUMA board 18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5.3 Sectors mapping 18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5.4 Sectors mapping on customer network 19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5.5 Location rules for ANC and ANY 19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5.6 TRE locations 20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.6 RF cabling 21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.6.2 Antenna connectors mapping 21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.6.3 Handling of ANB/ANC paths 21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.6.4 Handling of the bridges on ANC 22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.6.5 Handling of 50 Ohm loads on ANB/ANC and ANY. 23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

ED DATE CHANGE NOTE APPRAISAL AUTHORITY ORIGINATOR

01 020417 Creation EVOLIUM/R&D/BTS ,QD R&D/

08 041006 Modification EVOLIUM/R&D/BTS ,QD R&D/

ENGINEERING RULESAND CONFIGURATIONSG4 BTS – MBI

Page 6: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

2

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

3.7 Cooling rules 23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7.1 Cooling fans 23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7.2 Dummy panels 23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.8 Microwave equipments in MBI cabinets 24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.9 External alarms 24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.10 Clock synchronization 24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11 ... how to interpret the configurations : 25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4 STANDARD CONFIGURATIONS – GSM 850, 900, 1800, 1900 26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1 MBI3 – 1x1...8 – DC 26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2 MBI3 – 1x1...4 – AC 28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3 MBI3 – 2x1...4 – DC 30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4 MBI3 – 2x1...2 – AC 32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5 MBI3 – 3x1...2 – DC 34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6 MBI3 – 3x1 – AC 36. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.7 MBI5 – 1x1...8 – DC or AC 38. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.8 MBI5 – 1x9...12 – DC or AC 41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.9 MBI5 – 2x1...4 – AC with BU101 43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.10 MBI5 – 2x1...6 – DC or AC 45. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.11 MBI5 – 1x1...8 + 1x1...4 – DC or AC 48. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.12 MBI5 – 1x7 + 1x5 DC 50. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.13 MBI5 – 3x1...2 – AC with BU101 52. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.14 MBI5 – 3x1...4 – DC or AC 54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.15 MBI5 – 4x1...3 – DC 56. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.16 MBI5 – 2x4 + 2x2 – DC 59. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.17 MBI5 – 1x6 + 2x3 – DC 61. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.17.1 MBI5 – 1x6 + 2x3 – DC with ANY 61. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.17.2 MBI5 – 1x6 + 2x3 – DC without ANY 63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.18 MBI5 – 2x5 + 1x2 – DC 65. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.19 MBI5 – 3x1..2 + 1x4 – DC with ANY 67. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.20 MBI3 – 1x1...4 – DC or AC with ANX and ANY 69. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.21 MBI3 – 2x1...2 – DC or AC with ANX 71. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.22 MBI3 – 3x1...2 – DC with ANX 73. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.23 MBI5 – 1x1...8 – 24V DC 75. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.24 MBI5 – 2x1...4 – 24V DC 78. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.25 MBI5 – 3x1...3 – 24V DC 80. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.26 MBI5 – 4x1...2 – 24V DC 82. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5 LOW LOSS CONFIGURATIONS – GSM 900, 1800, 1900 84. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.1 MBI3 1x3...4 – Low Loss – DC or AC 84. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.2 MBI5 – 1x3...8 – Low Loss – DC or AC 86. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.3 MBI5 1x9...12 – Low Loss – DC or AC 88. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.4 MBI5 – 2x3...6 – Low Loss – DC 90. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.5 MBI5 – 3x3 – Low Loss – DC 92. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6 HIGH POWER CONFIGURATIONS – GSM 900, 1800 94. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1 MBI3 – 1x1...3 – High Power – DC or AC 94. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2 MBI3 – 2x1...2 – High Power – DC or AC 96. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.3 MBI3 – 3x1 – High Power – DC 98. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.4 MBI5 – 1x1...4 – High Power – DC or AC 100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.5 MBI5 – 1x1...8 – High Power – DC or AC 102. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.6 MBI5 – 2x1...4 – High Power – DC or AC 104. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.7 MBI5 – 3x1...3 – High Power – DC or AC 106. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.8 MBI5 – 3x4 – High Power – DC 108. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page 7: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

3

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

6.9 3x4 – High power for high temperatures 109. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.10 MBI5 – 4x1...2 – High Power DC 110. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.11 3x6 – High power 112. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.12 MBI5 – 2x1...2 – High Power – TRDH – AC 113. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.13 MBI5 – 3x2 – High Power – TRDH – AC 115. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.14 MBI5 – 1x1...8 – High Power 24V DC 117. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7 EXTENDED CELL CONFIGURATION – GSM 900 119. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8 MULTIBAND CONFIGURATIONS – GSM 900/1800, 900/1900 AND 850/1900 122. . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.1 MBI3 – 1x1...4/1x1...4 MBD or 1x(...4/...4) MBC – DC 122. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.2 MBI3 – 2x1...2/1x1...2 MBD – DC 124. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.3 MBI5 – 1x1...6/1x1...6 MBD or 1x(...6/...6) MBC – DC or AC 126. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.4 MBI5 – 1x1...8/1x1...4 MBD or 1x(...8/...4) MBC – DC or AC 129. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.5 MBI5 1x1...4/1x1...8 MBD or 1x(...4/...8) MBC – DC or AC 132. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.6 MBI5 – 1x3...8 LL/1x1...4 MBD – DC or AC 135. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.7 MBI5 – 1x1...4/2x1...4 MBD – DC or AC 137. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.8 MBI5 – 2x1...4/1x1...4 MBD – DC or AC 139. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.9 MBI5 – 1x1...4/...4,...2,...2 MBD – DC 142. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.10 MBI5 – ...4,...2,...2/1x1...4 MBD – DC 144. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.11 MBI5 – 2x1...4/2x1...2 MBD or 2x(...4/...2) MBC – DC 146. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.12 MBI5 – 2x1...2/2x1...4 MBD or 2x(...2/...4) MBC – DC 147. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.13 MBI5 – 1x(...2/...2), 1x(...4/...4) MBC – DC 148. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.14 MBI5 – 3x1/3x1...2 MBD or 3x(1/...2) MBC DC 150. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.15 MBI5 – 3x2/3x1 MBD or 3x(2/1) MBC DC 152. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9 HIGH POWER MULTIBAND CONFIGURATIONS 154. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.1 MBI5 – 1x1...6/1x1...6 HP MBD or 1x(...6/...6) HP MBC – DC 154. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.2 MBI5 – 1x1...8/1x1...4 HP MBD or 1x(...8/...4) HP MBC – DC 157. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.3 MBI5 1x1...4/1x1...8 HP MBD or 1x(...4/...8) HP MBC – DC 159. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.4 MBI5 – 1x3...8 LL/1x1...4 HP MBD – DC 162. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.5 MBI5 – 1x1...4/2x1...4 HP MBD – DC 165. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.6 MBI5 – 2x1...4/1x1...4 HP MBD – DC 167. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.7 MBI5 – 1x1...4/...4,...2,...2 HP MBD – DC 169. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.8 MBI5 – ...4,...2,...2/1x1...4 HP MBD – DC 171. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.9 MBI5 – 2x1...4/2x1...2 HP MBD or 2x(...4/...2) HP MBC – DC 173. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.10 MBI5 – 2x1...2/2x1...4 HP MBD or 2x(...2/...4) HP MBC – DC 174. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.11 MBI5 – 2x1...3/2x1...3 HP MBD or 2x(...3/...3) HP MBC – DC 175. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.12 MBI5 – 2x1...2/2x1...2 HP MBD or 2x(...2/...2) HP MBC – 24V DC 177. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.13 MBI5 – 1x(...2/...2), 1x(...4/...4) HP MBC – DC 180. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.14 MBI5 – 3x1/3x1HP MBD or 3x(1/1) HP MBC DC 182. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.15 MBI5 – 3x1/3x2 HP MBD or 3x(1/2) HP MBC DC 184. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.16 MBI5 – 3x2/3x1 HP MBD or 3x(2/1) HP MBC DC 186. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10 EMPTY CONFIGURATIONS 188. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.1 MBI3–0TRX – DC or AC 188. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.2 MBI5–0TRX – DC or AC 190. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

11 OPTIONAL EQUIPMENTS & INSTALLATION KITS 192. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.1 Kit for microwave equipments 192. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.2 Installation kits : characteristics 192. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

GLOSSARY / TERMINOLOGY 195. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page 8: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

4

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

LIST OF FIGURES AND TABLES

Table 1. Sum–up of the main G4 BTS–MBI characteristics 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 2. Configurations overview G4 BTS – MBI. 13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 1. Subracks equipment in MBI racks 15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 2. Areas allocation for AC/DC, BATS and BBU in MBI racks 16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 3. Position of connectors on STASR backpanel. 17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3. Possible subrack connectors used by the modules. 18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 4. Sectors mapping in MBI3 and MBI5 configurations up to 4 sectors 19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 4. Equivalent combinations for unbalanced sectors 20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 5. Antenna connectors mapping – Top view 21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 6. ANB representation 22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 7. ANY representation 22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8. Position of the lower Fan Stage 23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 9. MBI3 – 1x1...8 – DC 26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 10. MBI3 – 1x1...4 – AC 28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 11. MBI3 – 2x1...4 – DC 30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 12. MBI3 – 2x1...2 – AC 32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 13. MBI3 – 3x1...2 – DC 34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 14. MBI3 – 3x1 – AC 36. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 15. MBI5 – 1x1...8 – DC or AC 38. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 16. MBI5 – 1x9...12 – DC or AC 41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 17. MBI5 – 2x1...4 – AC with BU101 43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 18. MBI5 – 2x1...6 – DC or AC 45. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 19. MBI5 – 1x1...8 + 1x1...4 – DC or AC 48. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 20. MBI5 – 1x1...7 + 1x1...5 DC 50. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 21. MBI5 – 3x1...2 – AC with BU101 52. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 22. MBI5 – 3x1...4 – DC or AC 54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 23. MBI5 – 2x4 + 2x2 – DC 59. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 24. MBI5 – 1x6 + 2x3 – DC with ANY 61. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 25. MBI5 – 1x6 + 2x3 – DC without ANY 63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 26. MBI5 – 2x5 + 1x2 DC 65. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 27. MBI5 – 1x1...2 + 1x4 – DC with ANY 67. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 28. MBI3 – 1x1...4 – DC or AC with ANX and ANY 69. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 29. MBI3 – 2x1...2 – DC or AC with ANX 71. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 30. MBI3 – 3x1...2 – DC with ANX 73. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 31. MBI5 – 1x1...8 – 24V DC 75. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 32. MBI5 – 2x1...4 – 24V DC 78. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 33. MBI5 – 3x1...3 – 24V DC 80. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 34. MBI5 – 4x1...2 – 24V DC 82. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 35. MBI3 – 1x3...4 – Low Loss – DC or AC 84. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 36. MBI5 – 1x3...8 – Low Loss – DC or AC 86. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 37. MBI5 1x9...12 – Low Loss – DC or AC 88. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 38. MBI5 – 2x3...6 – Low Loss – DC 90. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 39. MBI5 – 3x3 Low Loss – DC 92. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 40. MBI3 – 1x1...3 – High Power – DC or AC 94. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 41. MBI3 – 2x1 – High Power – DC or AC 96. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 42. MBI3 – 3x1...1 – High Power – DC 98. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 43. MBI5 – 1x1...4 – High Power – DC or AC 100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 44. MBI5 – 1x1...8 – High Power – DC or AC 102. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 45. MBI5 – 2x1...4 – High Power – DC or AC 104. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 46. MBI5 – 3x1...3 – High Power – DC or AC 106. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 47. MBI5 – 3x4 – High Power – DC 108. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 48. 3x1...6 HP site configuration 112. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page 9: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

5

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

Figure 49. MBI5 – 2x1...2 – High Power – TRDH – AC 113. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 50. MBI5 – 3x2 – High Power – TRDH – AC 115. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 51. MBI5 – 1x1...8 – High Power 24V DC 117. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 52. Extended Cell configuration 119. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 53. MBI5 – Extended Cell configuration based on RX TMA 120. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 54. MBI3 – 1x1...4/1x1...4 MBD or 1x(...4/...4) MBC – DC 122. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 55. MBI3 – 2x1...2/1x1...2 – DC 124. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 56. MBI5 – 1x1...6/1x1...6 MBD or 1x(...6/...6) MBC – DC or AC 126. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 57. MBI5 – 1x1...8/1x1...4 MBD or 1x(...8/...4) MBC – DC or AC 129. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 58. MBI5 – 1x1...4/1x1...8 MBD or 1x(...4/...8) MBC – DC or AC 132. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 59. MBI5 – 1x3...8 LL/1x1...4 MBD – DC or AC 135. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 60. MBI5 – 1x1...4/2x1...4 MBD – DC or AC 137. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 61. MBI5 – 2x1...4/1x1...4 MBD – DC or AC 139. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 62. MBI5 – 1x1...4/...4,...2,...2 MBD – DC 142. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 63. MBI5 – ...4,...2,...2/1x1...4 MBD – DC 144. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 64. MBI5 – 2x1...4/2x1...2 MBD or 2x(...4/...2) MBC – DC 146. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 65. MBI5 – 2x1...2/2x1...4 MBD or 2x(...2/...4) MBC – DC 147. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 66. MBI5 – 1x(...2/...2), 1x(...4/...4) MBC – DC 148. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 67. MBI5 – 3x1/3x2 HP MBD DC 150. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 68. MBI5 – 3x2/3x1 HP MBD DC 152. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 69. MBI5 – 1x1...6/1x1...6 HP MBD or 1x(...6/...6) HP MBC – DC 155. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 70. MBI5 – 1x1...8/1x1...4 HP MBD or 1x(...8/...4) HP MBC – DC 157. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 71. MBI5 – 1x1...4/1x1...8 HP MBD or 1x(...4/...8) HP MBC – DC 160. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 72. MBI5 – 1x3...8 LL/1x1...4 MBD – DC 163. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 73. MBI5 – 1x1...4/2x1...4 HP MBD – DC 165. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 74. MBI5 – 2x1...4/1x1...4 HP MBD – DC 167. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 75. MBI5 – 1x1...4/...4,...2,...2 HP MBD – DC 169. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 76. MBI5 – ...4,...2,...2/1x1...4 HP MBD – DC 171. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 77. MBI5 – 2x1...4/2x1...2 HP MBD or 2x(...4/...2) HP MBC – DC 173. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 78. MBI5 – 2x1...2/2x1...4 HP MBD or 2x(...2/...4) HP MBC – DC 174. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 79. MBI5 – 2x1...3/2x1...3 HP MBD or 2x(...3/...3) HP MBC – DC 175. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 80. MBI5 – 2x1...2/2x1...2 HP MBD or 2x(...2/...2) HP MBC – 24V DC 177. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 81. MBI5 – 1x(...2/...2), 1x(...4/...4) HP MBC – DC 180. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 82. MBI5 – 3x1/3x1 HP MBD or 3x(1/1) HP MBC DC 182. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 83. MBI5 – 3x1/3x2 HP MBD DC 184. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 84. MBI5 – 3x2/3x1 HP MBD DC 186. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 85. MBI3 – 0TRX DC or AC (example) 188. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 86. MBI5 – 0TRX – DC or AC (example) 190. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page 10: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

6

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

HISTORY

Ed.01 – Released on 2002–04–17– Creation.

Ed.02 – Released on 2002–09–24– Remark concerning usage of single ANY added– Introduction of of new configurations:

Standard configurations MBI5: 4x1...3 DC and 2x4+2x2 DCHigh power GSM1800 – TRDH MBI5: 2x1...2 AC and 3x2 AC

Replacement of MBO*OOC with EXTBAT*OO4 in MBI5 AC variants

Ed.03 – Released on 2003–02–25– Some minor bug corrections– Introduction of GSM 900 High Power (TAGH)– Introduction of of configurations with ANX & ANY MBI3 – 1x1...4 DC or AC

MBI3 – 2x1...2 DC or ACMBI3 – 3x1...2 DC

– Extension of the mnemonic for bi–sector configurations with pre–equipment:Addition of maximum allowed number of TRX in the “–Pre”–Part.

– Addition of additional fixing kit (option) and update of TDS references for fixing kit items– Change of ANC ordering rule for MBI5 4x1...3 DC (One ANC with CS04 required)– Clarification of quantity rules for ANY of multiband configurations

Ed.04– Released on 2003–03–26– Some bug corrections– Deletion of the “Low loss” addendum in the MBI5 9...12 (chapter 4.8) and change form “VL” (”very low loss”) to “LL” in MBI5 9...12TRX (chapter 5.3)– Introduction of MBI5 – 1x6 + 2x3 – DC– Usage of 3 ANC without cables and one with cables for all configurations with 4 ANC

Ed.05– Released on 2003–08–05– Introduction of 24V DC power supply for some MBI5 configurations– Change of antenna mapping

Ed.06– Released on 2003–11–19– Some minor bug corrections– Introduction of multiband configurations 900/1900– Introduction of ANB– Introduction of new configuration: MBI5 4x1...2 HP DC

Ed.07– Released on 2004–04–20– Introduction of configurations with ANY High Power: 1x1...8 and 1x1...8 24V DC– Introduction of new configuration MBI3 3x1 High Power DC 900 MHz– Introduction of TRE EDGE+ (enhanced 8–PSK power) for all 900 & 1800 MP configurations– Introduction of new configuration MBI5 3x3 Low Loss DC– Introduction of configurations High Power MBD and MBC– Introduction of new configuration MBI3 2x1...2 GSM850 / 1x1...2 GSM1900 MBD DC– Introduction of new conf. MBI5 3x1/3x2 and 3x2/3x1 MBD or 3x(1/2) and 3x(2/1) MBC DC– Introduction of new conf. MBI5 3x1/3x2 and 3x2/3x1 HP MBD or 3x(1/2) and 3x(2/1) HP MBC DC

Ed.08– Released on 2004–10–06– Replacement of ANY by ANY high power– Introduction of configurations MBI3 and MBI5 without TRE

Page 11: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

7

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

– Introduction of new configurations MBI5 1x7+1x5 900/1800 DC and MBI5 2x5+1x2 900/1800 DC– Introduction of new configuration MBI5 3x1...2 + 1x4 with ANY for single antenna– Introduction of TRE High Power EDGE+– Addition and update of antenna mappings for configurations with more than 4 ANC– Update to a common ANC numbering: Sector n= ANC1, p= 2, q = 3, r = 4, s = 5, t = 6– Addition of the option “E+” to the mnemonics for configurations with new TRE for EDGE+– Correction of bugs found by comparison with “Configurator v4.6”–Tool from Massy

REFERENCED DOCUMENTS

[1] Product Configuration Level – A9100 BTS3BK 15015 AAAA ALZZA

[2] Product Configuration Level – Node_B3BK 15038 AAAA ALZZA

[3] Product Configuration Level – External Products3BK 15027 AAAA ALZZA

[4] GSM 850 configurations dealt with TD documentsMemorandum TD/O&M/SYSTEM/2001.098

[5] Product Index3DC 25000 0001 UZZZA

[6] GSM 850 configurations dealt with TD documentsMemorandum TD/O&M/SYSTEM/2001.098

[7] ENGINEERING RULES AND CONFIGURATIONS – G4 BTS INDOOR3BK 15015 BAAA PWZZA

[8] BTS G4 Architecture & Principles3BK 11210 0328 DSZZA

[9] BTS G3 Architecture and Principles3BK 11210 0157 DSZZA

[10] Mixed configurations between G1, G2, G3 and G4 BTS3BK 17001 0005 DSZZA

[11] EVOLIUM BTS A9100 – Hardware Description3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA

[12] Engineering Rules Range Extension Kit & Application to Extended Cell3BK 17025 0117 PGZZA

RELATED DOCUMENTS

None.

Page 12: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

8

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

PREFACE

This document describes the engineering rules and the hardware configurations of the Alcatel 9100 Multi–standard Base Station Indoor for GSM, and the ordering rules for each configuration in accordance withthe PCL references.

The configurations detailed in present document are based on last evolutions of the EVOLIUMTM A9100BTS, called internally G4 step1 and G4 step2.In the present document, we will only refer to G4 BTS.

IMPORTANT :The configurations described in the document are based on :

– the actual defined and developed hardware refered in the PCL [1] and [2],– the configurations authorized by the Product Index [5], and memorandum [6].

For a best understanding, the reader is supposed to have a basic knowledge of the G4 BTS. If this is notthe case, it is advised to read first document [7].

1 INTRODUCTION

The document is organized as following :• Chapter 2 sums up the main configurations characteristics.• Chapter 3 specifies the engineering rules to build the different configurations, as set of rules to

be applied.In relation with the references of the technical data sheets (TDS) defined in the Product ConfigurationLevel (PCL) [1] and [2] :• Chapter 4 defines the Standard configurations GSM 850, 900, 1800 and 1900,• Chapter 5 defines the Low Losses configurations,• Chapter 6 defines the High Power configurations,• Chapter 7 describes the Extended Cell configuration,• Chapter 8 defines the Multiband configurations,• Chapter 9 defines the High Power Multiband configurations,• Chapter 10 describes the empty configurations (without TRE’s),• Chapter 11 describes the Optional Equipments and Installation Kits,

Usually, the possible options and extensions are indicated.

LIST OF OPEN POINTS

Page 13: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

9

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

2 GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS AND CONFIGURATIONS

2.1 General characteristics

G4 BTS – MBI

Definition

Network GSM 850or GSM 900,or GSM 1800,or GSM 1900,or Multiband 900/1800 & 900/1900.

Cabinet MBI3 or MBI5

Number of sectors Max. 3 in MBI3 cabinet,Max. 4 in a MBI5 cabinet.

Configurations Refer to chapter 2.2

Power type DC or AC

TX power TRAL : GSM 850 MP 45 W 46,5 dBm +/– 0,5 dB, EDGE: 15 W

TRAG : GSM 900 MP 45 W 46,5 dBm +/– 0,5 dB, EDGE: 15 W

TRAGE: GSM 900 MP 45 W 46,5 dBm +/– 0,5 dB, EDGE: 30 W

TAGH : GSM 900 HP 60 W 47,7 dBm +/– 0,5 dB, EDGE: 25 W

TAGHE:GSM 900 HP 60W 47,8 dBm +/– 0,5 dB, EDGE: 30 W

TRAD : GSM 1800 MP 35 W 45,4 dBm +/– 0,5 dB, EDGE: 12W

TRADE : GSM 1800 MP 35 W 45,4 dBm +/– 0,5 dB, EDGE: 30W

TRAP : GSM 1900 MP 45 W 46,5 dBm +/– 0,5 dB, EDGE: 25W

TRDH: GSM 1800 HP 60 W 47,7 dBm +/– 0,5 dB

TADH : GSM 1800 HP 60 W 47,7 dBm +/– 0,5 dB, EDGE: 25W

TADHE:GSM 1800 HP 60W 47,8 dBm +/– 0,5 dB, EDGE: 30 W

Reference sensitivity – 111 dBm

Antenna network ANB (Antenna network Bi TRE, as option in configurations with lessthan 3 carriers per sector)

ANC (Antenna network with combiner)ANY (Twin Wide Band Combiner Stage and Power Splitter)

Station Unit Station Unit Sharing – One SUMA per BTS.

Options

Synchronization Master free runor

External synchronization (PCM, G1/G2/G3/G4 BTS, GPS)

Page 14: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

10

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MBI3 MBI5

Minimum initial mandatory equipment

Subracks STASR 3 5

Number of TREs – 1 sector 1 (1) 1 (1)

Number of TREs – More than 1 sector 1 TRE per sector. (1)

Number of ANB/ANC – In general 1 per sector,– 2 per sector in case of Low Losses configu-rations,– 2 per sector in case of Multiband Cell.

Antenna network – type ANY Refer to the chapter 3.5.5

Fan stages Refer to the chapter 3.7.1

Installation

Number of antennas per sector Refer to the chapter 3.6.2

Battery back–up Optional for AC configurations

Network termination impedance 75 Ω or 120 Ω

NTL No

Microwave (IDU) Yes, optional.

Extension facilities

Cabinet No

Number of sectors Yes

Table 1. Sum–up of the main G4 BTS–MBI characteristics

(1) From ordering and manufacturing point of view, it is possible to have 0 TRE in a sector .

Page 15: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

11

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

2.2 Configurations overview

RACK CONFIGURATION TYPE DC ACw/oBBU

ACwith

BATS

ACwith

LBBU

GSM850

GSM900

GSM1800

GSM1900

Standard configurations

MBI3 1x1...4 X X X X X

MBI3 1x1...8 X X X (1)

MBI3 2x1...2 X X X X X

MBI3 2x1...4 X X X (1)

MBI3 3x1 X X X X X

MBI3 3x1...2 X X X X X

MBI5 1x1...8 X X X X X X X X

MBI5 1x9...12 X X X X X (1)

MBI5 2x1...4 X X X X

MBI5 2x1...6 X X X X X X (1)

MBI5 1x1...8 + 1x1...4 X X X X X

MBI5 1x7 + 1x5 X X X

MBI5 1x6 + 2x3 X X X

MBI5 3x1...2 X X X X

MBI5 3x1...4 X X X X X X (1)

MBI5 4x1..3 X X X X (1)

MBI5 2x4 + 2x2 X X X X (1)

Low Losses configurations

MBI3 1x3...4 X X X X X X

MBI5 1x3...8 X X X X X X X

MBI5 1x9...12 X X X X X (1)

MBI5 2x3...6 X X X (1)

MBI5 3x3 X X X X

High Power configurations

MBI3 2x1...2 X X X X X

MBI3 3x1 X X X

Page 16: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

12

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

GSM850

GSM1900

GSM1800

GSM900

RACK ACwith

LBBU

ACwith

BATS

ACw/oBBU

DCCONFIGURATION TYPE

MBI5 1x1...4 X X X X X

MBI5 1x1...8 X X X X X

MBI5 2x1...4 X X X X X

MBI5 3x1...3 X X X X X

MBI5 3x3 X (4) (4)

MBI5 4x1...2 X X X

MBI5 2x1...2 X X (2)

MBI5 3x2 X X (2) (3)

MBI5 2x5 + 1x2 X X X

Multiband configurations – GSM 900/1800, 900/1900 and 850/1900– MBD or MBC

MBI3 1x1...4/1x1...4 or 1x(...4/...4) X X X X

MBI3 2x1...2/1x1...2 X X X

MBI5 1x1...6/1x1...6 or 1x(...6/...6) X X X X X X

MBI5 1x1...8/1x1...4 or 1x(...8/...4) X X X X X X

MBI5 1x1...4/1x1...8 or 1x(...4/...8) X X X X X X

MBI5 1x3...8LL/1x1...4 X X X X X X

MBI5 1x1...4/2x1...4 X X X X X X

MBI5 2x1...4/1x1...4 X X X X X X

MBI5 1x1...4/...4,...2,...2 X X X X

MBI5 ...4,...2,...2/1x1...4 X X X X

MBI5 2x1...4/2x1...2 or 2x(...4/...2) X X X X

MBI5 2x1...2/2x1...4 or 2x(...2/...4) X X X X

MBI5 1x(...2/...2),1x(...4/...4) X X X X

MBI5 3x1...2/3x1 or 3x(...2/1) X X X X

MBI5 3x1/3x2 or 3x(1/...2) X X X X

Multiband configurations High Power– GSM 900/1800 – MBD or MBC

MBI5 1x1...6/1x1...6 or 1x(...6/...6) X (4) (4)

MBI5 1x1...8/1x1...4 or 1x(...8/...4) X (4) (4)

MBI5 1x1...4/1x1...8 or 1x(...4/...8) X (4) (4)

Page 17: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

13

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

GSM850

GSM1900

GSM1800

GSM900

RACK ACwith

LBBU

ACwith

BATS

ACw/oBBU

DCCONFIGURATION TYPE

MBI5 1x3...8LL/1x1...4 X (4) (4)

MBI5 1x1...4/2x1...4 X (4) (4)

MBI5 2x1...4/1x1...4 X (4) (4)

MBI5 1x1...4/...4,...2,...2 X (4) (4)

MBI5 ...4,...2,...2/1x1...4 X (4) (4)

MBI5 2x1...4/2x1...2 or 2x(...4/...2) X (4) (4)

MBI5 2x1...2/2x1...4 or 2x(...2/...4) X (4) (4)

MBI5 2x1...3/2x1...3 or 2x(...3/...3) X (4) (4)

MBI5 1x(...2/...2),1x(...4/...4) X (4) (4)

MBI5 3x1/3x1 or 3x(1/1) X X X

MBI5 3x2/3x1 or 3x(2/1) X X X

MBI5 3x1/3x2 or 3x(1/2) X X X

Extended Cells configurations (see remark in chapter 7)

MBI5 1x1...4/1x1...4 with TMA X X X X X

Empty configurations (without TRE’s)

MBI5 X X X X X X X X

Table 2. Configurations overview G4 BTS – MBI.

2.3 Special configurations

For the reason of stock reduction there are allowed following configurations, as long as availability is given:GSM 900/1800/1900 with ANX & ANY: MBI3 – 1x1...4 DC or AC

MBI3 – 2x1...2 DC or ACMBI3 – 3x1...2 DC

These special configurations are not described in the common engineering rules part, but in the configura-tion description part.

For usage of these configurations the TDS references for ANX and ANY have been re–added in the newedition of the PCL.

2.4 Restrictions and Remarks

(1) Restrictions for GSM 1900 :

Page 18: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

14

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

– Operation under +45ºC ambient temperature is possible if maximum 6 TREs in MBI3, and 10 TREsin MBI5,– Limitation to +40ºC otherwise. (+45ºC possible if power is reduced to 28W (Pmax –2 dB))

(2) = High Power GSM1800 TRDH

(3) = No mix 1800/1900 allowed

(4) = If more than 9 TRE High Power in MBI5: Temperature limitation to +40ºC

2.4.1 Usage of ANY

With introduction of edition 8 of the ER the existing ANY have been replaced by ANY high power.In order of usage of previous ANY in stock, these can be used also for non–HP configurations.

Page 19: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

15

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

3 ENGINEERING RULES

The following rules must be followed for all G4 BTS based on MBI cabinets. In case rules apply only tospecific cases, it will be mentioned.

3.1 Rack and subrack configuration

Two different racks are foreseen for the G4 BTS–MBI configurations:– the MBI3 with 3 subracks,– the MBI5 with 5 subracks.

In MBI cabinets, all subracks are pre–equipped.

In order to respect thermal dissipations requirements, RF cabling pattern standardization, space optimiza-tion, the following figures for subracks filling will be respected as much often as possible.

MBI3 MBI5

TREs

TREs

TREs

SUMA & ANs

ANs

Subrack

1

2

3

4

5

number

TREs

TREs

SUMA & ANs

Figure 1. Subracks equipment in MBI racks

Page 20: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

16

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

3.2 Rack and subrack configuration – AC variant

The G4 BTS MBI may be powered from a DC 48V or AC 220V power supply.When powered from alternating current, an AC/DC conversion unit is included in STASR nº3 for the MBI3,and in STASR nº2 for the MBI5. (Refer to Figure 2. )This AC/DC conversion unit will be composed of:

• two AC/DC power modules (PM12, 1200W) in MBI3 cabinet,• three PM12 in MBI5 cabinet,• one adapter module (ADAM) in each type of cabinet.

Associated to AC function, a small (BATS) or a large battery backup unit (BBU) may be installed in the rack,with the exception that large BBU can’t take place in a MBI3 cabinet.

(Note: The large BBU is defined for 90 Ah, but the TD mnemonic is BU101.)

Note: Larger battery backup is possible from an external battery cabinet.

MBI–3 MBI–5Shelf

1

2

3

4

5

number

AC/DC BATS

AC/DC

BATS

BBU

BATS

Figure 2. Areas allocation for AC/DC, BATS and BBU in MBI racks

3.3 Rack and subrack configuration – 24V DC variant

The G4 BTS MBI may be powered from a DC 24V power supply also.In this case 24V to 48 V DC–converter modules are to be used in a special subrack in shelf no. 1.This 24/48V conversion unit is composed by:

• one DC converter subrack,• one DC converter kit,• two resp. three DC–converters.

Page 21: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

17

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

3.4 Usage of ANB instead of ANC

For configrations with less than 3 TRE per sector resp. frequency threre can be used the ANB instead ofthe ANC.

3.5 Modules location, numbering schemes

3.5.1 STASR subrack

There is only one subrack type: STASR.Information about subrack and modules, like sizes (TExU), are provided in documents [8] and [9], never-theless for a best understanding some informations are reminded here after :

A B C D E F G H I

10,514xTE

21xTE

Figure 3. Position of connectors on STASR backpanel.

SUMA10,5

ANB/ANC28

ANY10,5

TRE21

TRE28

BATS28

PM1214

ANBGANBDANCGANCDANCPANCL

ANYGANYDANYPANYL

TRAGTRADTRAPTRALTADHTAGH

TRDH

A (0) X X X X X

B (1/8) X

C (1/6) X X X X

D (2/8) X X

E (2/6) X X

Page 22: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

18

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

PM1214

BATS28

TRE28

TRE21

ANY10,5

ANB/ANC28

SUMA10,5

F (1/2) X X X X X X X

G (4/6) X X

H (6/8) X X

I (5/6) X X X

Table 3. Possible subrack connectors used by the modules.

3.5.2 SUMA board

For homogeneous patterns reasons, and to be in accordance with the software tools developped (CMA),the SUMA will be located as soon as the configuration allows it in 2nd subrack, either in position A, or inposition F, depending of the BTS configuration.Nevertheless, for some configurations other figures can be found. They will be detailed case per case inthe next chapters.

The SUMA board can receive up to two daughter boards :– one daughter board including a GPS receiver,– one daughter board allowing different Abis hardware interface, or extendability of the Abis links.

Actually, following configurations are possible :– SUMA without options,– SUMA + GPSRS,

3.5.3 Sectors mapping

There may be up to 3 sectors in a MBI3 cabinet and up to 4 sectors in a MBI5 cabinet.The sectors are identified with their respective quantity of TREs: n, p, q and r.For standard configurations, it is supposed that :

n 0 (1 sector configurations)

or n p 0 (2 sectors configurations)

or n p q 0 (3 sectors configurations)

IMPORTANT :At factory delivery, the sectors are mapped as described here below, but of course on site, de-pending of extension/reduction operations, other cases can be found.

np

qnpn

MBI3 3 sectorsMBI3 2 sectorsMBI3 1 sector

Page 23: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

19

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

n

pq

n

p

n

MBI5 3 sectorsMBI5 2 sectorsMBI5 1 sector

n

q

r

p

MBI5 4 sectors

Figure 4. Sectors mapping in MBI3 and MBI5 configurations up to 4 sectors

For configurations with more than 4 sectors see dedicated engineering rules for sector mapping.

In MULTIBAND BTS, and during the manufacturing phase, the GSM 1800 sectors will be located from bot-tom to top in Indoor cabinets (when it is possible).

On site, depending of the extension strategy (for example : moving from GSM 900 to Multiband), the addedsectors will be added in the free places, thus to not reschuffle the complete cabling and to minimize thetelecom outage.

3.5.4 Sectors mapping on customer network

There is no direct and systematic link between the sectors mapping described in the previouschapter and the sectors mapping given by the Operations and/or the Customer (link with the RNP) .

Example :Let us consider a three sectors configuration :

123

N

At installation time, the operator will give the mapping : so many TREs in sector number x (x’ = ’1’ or ’2’or ’3’) ; the operations team will then have to give the right value (’1’, ’2’ or ’3’) on the antenna networksto assign their logical sector number through the Remote Inventory (RI).

At TREs extension time, TRE modules are installed in their target sector ; the above rule of the ’great-er number’ does not apply anymore.

3.5.5 Location rules for ANC and ANY

For thermal reasons, 3 x ANC with more than 1 TRE each can’t be fitted in the same STASR.For the same reasons 2 x ANC won’t be installed closed together in a STASR.Each time an ANY is needed, the first ANY is located near its ANC, from right to left.All ANY located at the left of an ANC are considered as part of the sector modules by the software.

For more detailed information, please refer to document [7].

Pre–equipment rules for ANY :Pre–equipment is an option, identified in the mnemonic of the configuration by : [–PRE]The pre–equipment is possible on some configurations with more than 4 TRE per sector.

Page 24: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

20

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

If Pre–equipment is chosen, it applies for the complete BTS (all the sectors).

3.5.6 TRE locations

The numbering scheme used for the TREs in the configurations described in the next chapters, is afilling order (respectively for each sector), and not a SBL order number .The TRE modules of a given sector are installed as close as possible to their related AN. The general ruleis to insert the TRE modules of each sector from the right to left (in a subrack), and then from bottom totop.Refer to configurations description for more details.

Unbalanced sectorsUnbalanced sectors in terms of TRE are allowed.Equivalent combinations for unbalanced sectors, 2 and 3 sectors example :

Basic scheme Equivalent schemes

n+p p+n

n+p+q n+q+p, p+n+q, p+q+n, q+n+p, q+p+n

Table 4. Equivalent combinations for unbalanced sectors

Page 25: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

21

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

3.6 RF cabling

3.6.1 Cable sets

A cable set is associated to each RF connection type :

– the RF cable set between RF modules : CS03This cable set is used between TRE and ANB/ANC, TRE and ANY, ANY and ANB/ANC,

– the RF cable set ANB/ANC to antenna connector : CS04

Pre–equipment of RF cables sets:For practical reasons, and to avoid further difficulties later on site in case of sector extension, the RF cablessets CS04 of the first 3 sectors will be always pre–equipped.

3.6.2 Antenna connectors mapping

The antenna connectors mapping is done according to the scheme of Figure 5. A and B are the numbering conventions of the antennas for a given sector.

Top Fan Area

Auxiliary 3 x 7/16 Ant.Blocks

Sector 2/A (P ANT A)

Hole for STM–1 optical fibers

Hole for SMA connector GPS

Sector 2/B (P ANT B)

Sector 4/A (R ANT A)Sector 4/B (R ANT B)

Sector 3/A (Q ANT A) Sector 3/B (Q ANT B)

Sector 1/B (N ANT B)Sector 1/A (N ANT A)

Sector 6/A (T ANT A_)

Sector 5/A (S ANT A)Sector 5/B (S ANT B)Sector 6/B (T ANT B)

Figure 5. Antenna connectors mapping – Top view

3.6.3 Handling of ANB/ANC paths

a ) Standard case: one ANC

In case of 2 TREs maximum, each antenna should be connected to one TRE, thus the VSWR moni-toring would be operational on both paths.The filling order is: TRE1 on path ”a”,

TRE2 on path ”b”,TRE3 on path ”a”,TRE4 on path ”b”.

Page 26: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

22

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

b ) Usage of ANB instead of ANC

DUP DUP

a b

TXAIN

TXBIN

1 2

a bANB

1 2TRE

TRE

Figure 6. ANB representation

c ) Case of ANY usage

ANC

a b

ANY 1 ANY 2

TRE 1 3 5 7 2 4 6 8

ANC

a b

TRE 1 3 24 5 6

ANY

Two figures:

a b

TXAIN1

TXAIN2

TXBIN1

TXBIN2

1 3 2 4

a bANY

1 3 2 4TRE TRE

ANY

Figure 7. ANY representation

If the ANYs are not pre–equipped, the rules defined in a ) must be applied.

3.6.4 Handling of the bridges on ANC

Each ANC has two bridges (one per half ANC) which can be removed to get more output power in configu-rations with maximum 2 TREs per sector. (Inhibition of the in–built combiners)

Not to multiply the number of configurations :– The bridges will be always equipped at manufacturing level ,– Removal of the bridges and associated recabling of the TREs will be performed on site if a

Low–Loss configuration is requested, and on High Power configurations with maximum 2TRE per sector.

Page 27: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

23

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

3.6.5 Handling of 50 Ohm loads on ANB/ANC and ANY.

Previous experience with G3 BTS has shown that each unused input of ANY should be 50 Ohm terminatedto fulfill the requirements regarding to output power and TX return loss.Thus on G4 BTS, 50 Ohm load will be equipped on each unused input of ANY, and on each unused inputof ANC when bridges will not be removed on site.For the ANB no loads are required.

3.7 Cooling rules

3.7.1 Cooling fans

A fan stage includes three fan units (each one including 2 fans), and one Fan Control Board (FACB).As soon as one TRE is equipped in a subrack, the fan stage below the TRE(s) is fully equipped.For practical reasons, the MBI3 and MBI5 are respectively equipped with 2 and 3 fan stages.

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

Air Inlet

STAND

FANU FANU

SUMA

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ADAM

PM12

PM12

PM12

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

BATS

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

BBU orSTASR

(Option)

(Option)

FANU

FANUNU

Fan Stage position iflarge BBU installed.

Fan Stage position ifSTASR installed.

Rules for lower Fan Stagein MBI5 AC.

FC1U Dummy Panelif no large BBU installed

Figure 8. Position of the lower Fan Stage

3.7.2 Dummy panels

Dummy panels are not required for the empty spaces in subracks.

Nevertheless, one FC1U dummy panel will be installed between 2 STASR installed closed together, with-out air inlet in between. The FC1U is installed where FANUs normally take place. (Refer to Figure 8. )This rule applies between STASR1 and STASR2, and between STASR3 and STASR4.

Page 28: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

24

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

3.8 Microwave equipments in MBI cabinets

Microwave equipments, such as PIDUs, can fit in STASR subracks where no RF modules are installed,and their location in STASR subracks follow the rules defined in Table 3.

Nevertheless, some restrictions must be considered:– One Auxiliary 3 x 7/16 Ant.Block must be replaced by one 3 x N Ant.Block for the microwave feeders,– Number of PIDUs is limited to maximum 3 (this is linked to the 3 x N Ant.Block), but it can be less

depending on the BTS configuration.

OPEN POINT §3.8 Kit PIDU for MBI (including 3 x N Ant.Block) not yet defined in HW Breakdown.

Handling of microwave units and related kits

Microwave units are not handled by EVOLIUM/R&D, therefore no references will be found in thefollowing configuration tables, neither in the mnemonics of the configurations. Nevertheless, thekits designed for integration of microwave units in the MBI are mentioned in chapter 11.

3.9 External alarms

Up to 16 alarms input are provided for the external alarms on the connection area of the BTS.

As no galvanic isolation is provided at BTS side, an external equipment is required to implement the gal-vanic isolation.

3.10 Clock synchronization

There are different ways to synchronize the BTS from clock point of view:– Synchronization from GPS receiver with an appropriate SUMA variant (refer to §3.5.2),– Synchronization from network transmission link clock (PCM synchronization),– Synchronization to a neighbour BTS (Master–Slave mode),– Free running BTS (Local OCXO).

For synchronization between GSM BTSs, the reader will refer to document [10].

Page 29: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

25

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

3.11 ... how to interpret the configurations :

In the next chapters, previous defined engineering rules are applied to the different configurations.

Each configuration is named as named in the Product Index [5], and mnemonics defined in the HardwareCommercial Configurator are indicated for the supply chain.

The ordering rules are to be read with PCL documents [1] and [2], and each line of the tables must be inter-preted as described by the example here below :

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

TRE module GSM 900or GSM 1800

n [ G3MOD**OOAor G3MOD**OO4 ]+ G4MOD**OOF

Equipment in total : n x [G3MOD**OOA or G3MOD**OO4] + G4MOD**OOF

The classification and naming convention is made accordingly :– MBI3 / MBI5– Number of TREs per sector (as many sectors as there are):

n for a 1–sector configurationn, p for a 2 sectors configuration,n, p, q for a 3–sectors configuration,....

For the extension set, parameters n’, p’, q’, ... will be used respectively with the n, p, q, ... TRE alreadyinstalled in sectors 1, 2, 3, ...

Simplified rack layouts are provided (no detailed connection area).The rack layouts indicate the interconnections between ANC and ANY, ANB/ANC and TRE, ANY andTRE, sector per sector.

For more details concerning the cabling (Number of cables, cable sets identification, cabling diagram, ...),the reader will refer to document [11].

Page 30: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

26

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

4 STANDARD CONFIGURATIONS – GSM 850, 900, 1800, 1900

4.1 MBI3 – 1x1...8 – DC

Connection Area

Air Inlet

STAND

Empty space

Legend

FANU FANUFANU

FANUFANUFANU

TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4

ANC 1ANYANY2 1

TRE5TRE6TRE7TRE8

SUMA

Air Inlet

The BTS has 1 sector with n TRE.

ANC 1a b

ANY 1 ANY 2

TRE 1 3 5 7 2 4 6 8

If more than 4 TRE, 2 ANY are required.Pre–equipment possible.

Up to 4 TRE, and if no ANY pre–equip.the TRE1 to TRE4 are directly connectedto the ANC.Dummy Panel

The ANC can be replaced by theANB in case of less than 3 TRE

Figure 9. MBI3 – 1x1...8 – DC

Page 31: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

27

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–nTRX900 [–E+–PRE–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–nTRX1800 [–E+–PRE–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–nTRX1900 [–PRE]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO1

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

ANB/ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900

1 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS

or if n 2:GSM 900

or GSM 1800G4MOD1*OOA

or G4MOD1*OOC

ANY module GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900

0 If n 42 If n 4

or if PRE–eq.

[ G4MOD1*OOIor G4MOD1*OOJor G3MOD**OOQ ]+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF

50 Ohms load for AN 4–n If ANC and no ANY8–n If ANY

G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n’ [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800

if (n+n’)>2and no ANC on site: 1

G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7

ANY module GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900

If no ANY on site :2 If (n+n’) 4

[ G4MOD1*OOIor G4MOD1*OOJor G3MOD**OOQ ]+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:4–(n+n’)

If 2 ANY added :8–(n+n’)

G3MOD**OOL

(1) 6 TREs maximum in case of GSM 1900. (Refer to § 2.4)

Page 32: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

28

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

4.2 MBI3 – 1x1...4 – AC

Connection Area

Air Inlet

STAND

Empty space

Legend

FANU FANUFANU

The BTS has 1 sector with n TRE.

TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4

ANC 1SUMA

Air Inlet

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

BATS(Option)

FANU FANU FANU

a bANC 1

TRE 1 3 2 4

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ADAM

PM12

PM12

Dummy Panel

The ANC can be replaced by theANB in case of less than 3 TRE

Figure 10. MBI3 – 1x1...4 – AC

Page 33: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

29

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–nTRX900–AC [–E+–BU u–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–nTRX1800–AC [–E+–BU u–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–nTRX1900–AC [–BU u]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet AC 1 MBIGSM*OO2

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANB/ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900

1 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS

or if n 2:GSM 900

or GSM 1800G4MOD1*OOA

or G4MOD1*OOC

50 Ohms load for AN if ANC : 4 – n G3MOD**OOL

+ In case of AC variant :

Battery Backup Unit(Option)

BU5 1 G4CAB**OO8

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n’ [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800

if (n+n’)>2and no ANC on site: 1

G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:4–(n+n’)

G3MOD**OOL

Page 34: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

30

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

4.3 MBI3 – 2x1...4 – DC

Connection Area

Air Inlet

STAND

Empty space

Legend

FANU FANUFANU FANU FANUFANUTRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2

ANC 1ANC 2( Sector 2 ) ( Sector 1 )

SUMA

TRE3TRE4TRE4 TRE3

FANU FANU FANU

The BTS has 2 sectors :

a bANC 1

TRE 1 3

a bANC 2

TRE 1 3

Sector 1 Sector 2

– Sector 1 with n TRE, – Sector 2 with p TRE.

2 24 4Air

Dummy Panel

Inlet

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector

Figure 11. MBI3 – 2x1...4 – DC

Page 35: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

31

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–n,pTRX900 [–E+–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–n,pTRX1800 [–E+–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–n,pTRX1900 []

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO1

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n + p [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

ANB/ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900

2 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS

or if (n + p) 4:GSM 900

or GSM 1800

2G4MOD1*OOA

or G4MOD1*OOC

50 Ohms load for AN if ANC: 8 – n – p G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n’ + p’ [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800

if (n+n’+p+p’)>4and no ANC on site: 2

G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:8–(n+n’+p+p’)

G3MOD**OOL

(1) 6 TREs maximum in case of GSM 1900. (Refer to § 2.4)

Page 36: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

32

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

4.4 MBI3 – 2x1...2 – AC

Connection Area

Air Inlet

STAND

Empty space

Legend

FANU FANUFANU

Air Inlet

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

BATS(Option)

FANU FANU FANU

TRE1TRE2

ANC 1ANC 2( Sector 2 ) ( Sector 1 )

SUMA

TRE1TRE2

The BTS has 2 sectors : – Sector 1 with n TRE, – Sector 2 with p TRE.

a bANC 1

TRE 1 2

a bANC 2

TRE 1 2

Sector 1 Sector 2

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ADAM

PM12

PM12

Dummy Panel

The ANCs can be replacedby ANBs also

Figure 12. MBI3 – 2x1...2 – AC

Page 37: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

33

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–n,pTRX900–AC [–E+–BU u–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–n,pTRX1800–AC [–E+–BU u–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–n,pTRX1900–AC [–BU u]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet AC 1 MBIGSM*OO2

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n + p [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANB/ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900

2 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS

or:GSM 900

or GSM 1800

2G4MOD1*OOA

or G4MOD1*OOC

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC: 8 – n – p G3MOD**OOL

+ In case of AC variant :

Battery Backup Unit(Option)

BU5 1 G4CAB**OO8

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n’ + p’ [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF

Page 38: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

34

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

4.5 MBI3 – 3x1...2 – DC

Connection Area

Air Inlet

STAND

Empty space

Legend

FANU FANUFANU FANU FANUTRE1TRE2

ANC 1ANC 2( Sector 2 ) ( Sector 1 )

SUMA

ANC 3( Sector 3 )

TRE1TRE2

FANU FANU FANU

TRE1TRE2

The BTS has 3 sectors :

a bANC 1

TRE 1 2

a bANC 2

TRE 1 2Sector 1 Sector 2

– Sector 1 with n TRE, – Sector 2 with p TRE, – Sector 3 with q TRE.

a bANC 3

TRE 1 2Sector 3

Dummy Panel

Air Inlet

The ANCs can be replacedby ANBs also

Figure 13. MBI3 – 3x1...2 – DC

Page 39: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

35

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–n,p,qTRX850 []or BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–n,p,qTRX900 [–E+–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–n,p,qTRX1800 [–E+–ANBor BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–n,p,qTRX1900 []

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO1

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 850or GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n + p + q [ G850MODOOAor G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANB/ANC module GSM 850or GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900

3 G850MODOO3or G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS

or:GSM 900

or GSM 1800

3G4MOD1*OOA

or G4MOD1*OOC

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC: 12 – n – p – q G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 850or GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n’ + p’ +q’ [ G850MODOOAor G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF

Page 40: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

36

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

4.6 MBI3 – 3x1 – AC

Connection Area

Air Inlet

STAND

Empty space

Legend

FANU FANUFANUTRE1TRE1TRE1

ANC 1

SUMA

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ADAM

PM12

PM12

( Sector 1 )

Air Inlet

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

BATS(Option)

FANU FANU FANU

ANC 2( Sector 2 )

ANC 3( Sector 3 )

a bANC 1

TRE 1

a bANC 2

TRE 1Sector 1 Sector 2

a bANC 3

TRE 1Sector 3

The BTS has 3 sectors,one TRE per sector.

Dummy Panel

The ANCs can be replacedby ANBs also

Figure 14. MBI3 – 3x1 – AC

Page 41: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

37

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–1,1,1TRX900–AC [–E+–BU u]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–1,1,1TRX1800–AC [–E+–BU u]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–1,1,1TRX1900–AC [–BU u]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet AC 1 MBIGSM*OO2

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

3 [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANB/ANC module or GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900

3 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS

or:GSM 900

or GSM 1800

3G4MOD1*OOA

or G4MOD1*OOC

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC: 9 G3MOD**OOL

+ In case of AC variant :

Battery Backup Unit(Option)

BU5 1 G4CAB**OO8

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

No extension possible.

Page 42: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

38

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

4.7 MBI5 – 1x1...8 – DC or AC

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

Connection Area

Air Inlet

STAND

Legend

FANU FANUFANU

FANUFANUFANU

TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4

ANC 1ANYANY2 1

TRE5TRE6TRE7TRE8

Air Inlet

Empty space

ANC 1a b

ANY 1 ANY 2

TRE 1 3 5 7 2 4 6 8

If more than 4 TRE, 2 ANY are required.Pre–equipment possible.

to the ANC.

The BTS has 1 sector with n TRE.

Up to 4 TRE, and if no ANY pre–equip.the TRE1 to TRE4 are directly connected

Dummy Panel

FANU FANU

SUMA

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ADAM

PM12

PM12

PM12

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

BATS

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

BBU orSTASR

(Option)

ÅÅÅÅÅÅ

Modules present onlyin AC configuration

(Option)

FANU

The ANC can be replaced by theANB in case of less than 3 TRE

Figure 15. MBI5 – 1x1...8 – DC or AC

Page 43: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

39

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX850 [–PRE–AC–BU u]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX900 [–E+–PRE–AC–BU u–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX1800 [–E+–PRE–AC–BU u–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX1900 [–PRE–AC–BU u]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3

or AC 1 MBIGSM*OO4+ G4CAB**OO1

or AC with BU90

(Large BBU)

1 MBIGSM*OO4+ NBV2CABOO6

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 850or GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n [ G850MODOOAor G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

ANB/ANC module GSM850or GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900

1 G850MODOO3or G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS

or if n 2:GSM 900

or GSM 1800

1G4MOD1*OOA

or G4MOD1*OOC

ANY module GSM 850or GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900

0 If n 42 If n 4

or if PRE–eq.

[ G850MODOO2or G4MOD1*OOIor G4MOD1*OOJor G3MOD**OOQ ]+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF

50 Ohms load for AN 4–n If ANC and no ANY8–n If ANY

G3MOD**OOL

+ In case of AC variant :

Battery Backup Unit(Option)

BU5or BU90

1 G4CAB**OO8or EXTBAT*OO4

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 850or GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n’ [ G850MODOOAor G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900

if (n+n’) > 2and no ANC on site: 1

G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS

Page 44: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

40

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

ANY module GSM 850or GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900

If no ANY on site :2 If (n+n’) 4

[ G850MODOO2or G4MOD1*OOIor G4MOD1*OOJor G3MOD**OOQ ]+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:4–(n+n’)

If 2 ANY added :8–(n+n’)

G3MOD**OOL

Page 45: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

41

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

4.8 MBI5 – 1x9...12 – DC or AC

This configuration is the logical extension of the 1x1...8 configuration.

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

BATS(Option)

Connection Area

Air Inlet

Legend

FANU FANUFANU

FANUFANUFANU

TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4

ANC 1ANYANY2 1

TRE5TRE6TRE7TRE8

Air Inlet

Empty space

Dummy Panel

ÅÅÅÅÅÅ

Modules present onlyin AC configuration

Air Inlet

STAND

FANU FANUFANUTRE9TRE10TRE11TRE12

ANC 2SUMA

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ADAM

PM12

PM12

PM12

ANC 1a b

ANY 1 ANY 2

TRE 1 3 5 7 2 4 6 8

The BTS has 1 sector with n TRE.

ANC 2a b

TRE

Both ANC are set to the samesector number.

911 10 12

Dummy Panel

Figure 16. MBI5 – 1x9...12 – DC or AC

Page 46: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

42

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX900 [–E+–AC–BU u]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX1800 [–E+–AC–BU u]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX1900 [–AC–BU u]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3

or AC 1 MBIGSM*OO4+ G4CAB**OO1

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900

2 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS

ANY module GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900

2 [ G4MOD1*OOIor G4MOD1*OOJor G3MOD**OOQ ]+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF

50 Ohms load for AN 12–n G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n’ [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

(1) 1x1...10 is OK, but 1x11...12 is restricted: +40ºC. +45ºC is possible if the power is re-duced to 28W at OMC–R (Pmax–2dB). (Refer to § 2.4)

Page 47: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

43

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

4.9 MBI5 – 2x1...4 – AC with BU101

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

Connection Area

Air Inlet

STAND

Legend

FANU FANUFANU

Empty space

FANU FANU

SUMA

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ADAM

PM12

PM12

PM12

BBU

FANU

TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2

ANC 1ANC 2( Sector 2 )

TRE3TRE4TRE4 TRE3

FANU FANU FANUAir

Dummy Panel

Inlet

( Sector 1 )

The BTS has 2 sectors :

a bANC 1

TRE 1 3

a bANC 2

TRE 1 3Sector 1 Sector 2

– Sector 1 with n TRE, – Sector 2 with p TRE.

2 24 4

Air Inlet

( BU101 )

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector

Figure 17. MBI5 – 2x1...4 – AC with BU101

Page 48: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

44

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,pTRX900–AC–BU90 [–E+–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,pTRX1800–AC–BU90 [–E+–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,pTRX1900–AC–BU90 []

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet AC with BU90(Large BBU)

1 MBIGSM*OO4+ NBV2CABOO6

Battery Backup Unit(Option)

BU90 1 EXTBAT*OO4

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n + p [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANB/ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900

2 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS

or if (n+p) 4:GSM 900

or GSM 1800

2G4MOD1*OOA

or G4MOD1*OOC

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC: 8–n–p G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n’ + p’ [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800

if (n+n’+p+p’)>4and no ANC on site: 2

G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:8–(n+n’+p+p’)

G3MOD**OOL

Page 49: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

45

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

4.10 MBI5 – 2x1...6 – DC or AC

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

Connection Area

Air Inlet

Dummy Panel

Air Inlet

STAND

Legend

FANU FANUFANU

Empty space

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 1ANY

1

TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4

( Sector 1 )

TRE5TRE6

SUMA

FANU FANU FANU

The BTS has 2 sectors :

In each sector :If no more than 4 TRE, no ANY isrequired. TRE 1 to 4 are then cabledon ANC.

– Sector 1 with n TRE,– Sector 2 with p TRE.

ANC 1a b

TRE 1 3 24 5 6

ANY 1

ANC 2a b

TRE 1 3 24 5 6

ANY 2

ANC 2ANY

2 ( Sector 2 )

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

TRE1TRE2

TRE3TRE4TRE5TRE6

FANU FANU FANU

Air InletÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ADAM

PM12

PM12

PM12

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

BATS(Option)

ÅÅÅÅÅÅ

Modules present onlyin AC configuration

Dummy Panel

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector

Figure 18. MBI5 – 2x1...6 – DC or AC

Page 50: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

46

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,pTRX850 [–PRE66–AC–BU u]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,pTRX900 [–E+–PRE66–AC–BU u–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,pTRX1800 [–E+–PRE66–AC–BU u–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,pTRX1900 [–PRE66–AC–BU u]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3

or AC 1 MBIGSM*OO4+ G4CAB**OO1

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 850or GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n + p [ G850MODOOAor G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

ANB/ANC module GSM 850or GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900

2 G850MODOO3or G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS

or if (n+p) 4:GSM 900

or GSM 1800

2G4MOD1*OOA

or G4MOD1*OOC

ANY module GSM 850or GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900

If PRE–equipment :2

else :1 If n 4

+ 1 If p 4

[ G850MODOO2or G4MOD1*OOIor G4MOD1*OOJor G3MOD**OOQ ]+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC:( Sector 1 :

4–n if no ANY6–n if ANY

+ Sector 2 :4–p if no ANY6–p if ANY)

G3MOD**OOL

+ In case of AC variant :

Battery Backup Unit(Option)

BU5 1 G4CAB**OO8

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 850or GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n’ + p’ [ G850MODOOAor G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

Page 51: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

47

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800

if (n+n’+p+p’)>4and no ANC on site: 2

G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7

ANY module GSM 850GSM 900

or GSM 1800or GSM 1900

If no ANY in sector 1 :1 If (n+n’) 4

+ If no ANY in sector 21 If (p+p’) 4

[ G850MODOO2or G4MOD1*OOIor G4MOD1*OOJor G3MOD**OOQ ]+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF

50 Ohms load for AN IF ANC added:8–(n+n’+p+p’)

+If ANY add. in Sect.1 :

6–(n+n’)+ If ANY add. in Sect.2

6–(p+p’)

G3MOD**OOL

(1) 2x1...5 is OK, but 2x6 is restricted: +40ºC. +45ºC is possible if the power is reduced to28W at OMC–R (Pmax–2dB). (Refer to § 2.4)

Page 52: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

48

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

4.11 MBI5 – 1x1...8 + 1x1...4 – DC or AC

Connection Area

Air Inlet

Legend

FANU FANUFANU

Empty space

ÅÅÅÅÅÅ

Modules present onlyin AC configuration

Air Inlet

STAND

FANU FANUFANUTRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4

ANC 1SUMA

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ADAM

PM12

PM12

PM12

( Sector 1 )

The BTS has 2 sectors with

ANC 2a b

ANY 1 ANY 2

TRE 1 3 5 7 2 4 6 8

ANC 1a b

TRE

respectively n and p TREs.

1 3 2 4

Dummy Panel

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

BATS(Option)

FANUFANUFANU

TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4

ANC 1ANYANY2 1

TRE5TRE6TRE7TRE8

Air Inlet

Dummy Panel

Figure 19. MBI5 – 1x1...8 + 1x1...4 – DC or AC

Page 53: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

49

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,pTRX900 [–E+–PRE84–AC–BU u]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,pTRX1800 [–E+–PRE84–AC–BU u]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3

or AC 1 MBIGSM*OO4+ G4CAB**OO1

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+

n + p [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOL ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800

2 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7

ANY module GSM 900or GSM 1800

If PRE–equipment :2

else :1 If 6>n>4+1 If p 6

[ G4MOD1*OOIor G4MOD1*OOJ ]+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF

50 Ohms load for AN Sector 1 :4–n if no ANY6–n if 1 ANY8–n if 2 ANY

+ Sector 2 :4–p

G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+

n’ + p’ [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOL ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANY module GSM 900or GSM 1800

If no ANY in sector 1 :2 If (n+n’) 4

[ G4MOD1*OOIor G4MOD1*OOJ ]+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF

50 Ohms load for AN If ANY add. in Sect.1 :8–(n+n’)

G3MOD**OOL

Page 54: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

50

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

4.12 MBI5 – 1x7 + 1x5 DC

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

Connection Area

Air Inlet

STAND

Legend

FANU FANUFANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

FANUFANU

TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4

ANC 1

TRE1TRE7TRE5

SUMA ( Sector 1 ) Empty space.

TRE6

FANU FANU

Dummy Panel

Air Inlet

ANY1

ANY2

ANC 1a b

ANY 1 ANY 2

TRE 1 3 5 2 4 67

FANUFANUFANU

ANC 2ANY3

TRE3TRE2TRE4TRE5

Air Inlet

Dummy PanelANC 2

a b

ANY 3

2 4 51 3

( Sector 2 )

The BTS has 2 sectors : – Sector 1 with 7 TRE– Sector 2 with 5 TRE

Figure 20. MBI5 – 1x1...7 + 1x1...5 DC

Page 55: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

51

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–7,5TRX900 [–E+]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–7,5TRX1800 [–E+]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3

SUMA 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+

12 [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOL ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800

2 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7

ANY module GSM 900or GSM 1800

3 [ G4MOD1*OOIor G4MOD1*OOJ ]+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF

50 Ohms load for AN 2 G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION : No extension

Page 56: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

52

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

4.13 MBI5 – 3x1...2 – AC with BU101

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

Connection Area

Air Inlet

Legend

FANU FANUFANU

Empty space

FANU FANU

SUMA

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ADAM

PM12

PM12

PM12

FANU

TRE1TRE2

ANC 1ANC 2( Sector 2 ) ( Sector 1 )

ANC 3( Sector 3 )

TRE1TRE2

FANU FANU FANU

TRE1TRE2

The BTS has 3 sectors :

a bANC 1

TRE 1 2

a bANC 2

TRE 1 2Sector 1 Sector 2

– Sector 1 with n TRE, – Sector 2 with p TRE, – Sector 3 with q TRE.

a bANC 3

TRE 1 2Sector 3

Air Inlet

STAND

BBU( BU101 )

Air Inlet

The ANCs can be replacedby ANBs also

Figure 21. MBI5 – 3x1...2 – AC with BU101

Page 57: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

53

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,qTRX900–AC–BU90 [–E+–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,qTRX1800–AC–BU90 [–E+–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,qTRX1900–AC–BU90 []

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet AC with BU90(Large BBU)

1 MBIGSM*OO4+ NBV2CABOO6

Battery Backup Unit BU90 1 G4CAB**OO8or EXTBAT*OO4

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n + p + q [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANB/ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900

3 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS

or:GSM 900

or GSM 1800

3G4MOD1*OOA

or G4MOD1*OOC

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC: 12–n–p–q G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n’ + p’ + q’ [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF

Page 58: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

54

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

4.14 MBI5 – 3x1...4 – DC or AC

Connection Area

Air

Dummy

Air Inlet

STAND

Legend

FANU FANUFANU

FANUFANUFANU

TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4

ANC 1

TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2

Air Inlet

Empty space

TRE3TRE4TRE3TRE4

FANU FANU FANU

ANC 2( Sector 2 )

( Sector 1 )

ANC 3( Sector 3 )

The BTS has 3 sectors :

ANC 1a b

TRE 1 3 2 4

ANC 2a b

1 3 2 4

ANC 3a b

1 3 2 4

– Sector 1 with n TRE,– Sector 2 with p TRE,– Sector 3 with q TRE.

SUMA

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ADAM

PM12

PM12

PM12

ÅÅÅÅÅÅ

Modules present onlyin AC configuration

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

BATS(Option)

Panel

Dummy Panel

Inlet

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector

Figure 22. MBI5 – 3x1...4 – DC or AC

Page 59: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

55

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,qTRX850 [–AC–BU u]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,qTRX900 [–E+–AC–BU u–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,qTRX1800 [–E+–AC–BU u–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,qTRX1900 [–AC–BU u]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3

or AC 1 MBIGSM*OO4+ G4CAB**OO1

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 850or GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n + p + q [ G850MODOOAor G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

ANB/ANC module GSM 850or GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900

3 G850MODOO3or G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS

or if (n+p+q) 6:GSM 900

or GSM 1800

3G4MOD1*OOA

or G4MOD1*OOC

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC: 12–n–p–q G3MOD**OOL

+ In case of AC variant :

Battery Backup Unit(Option)

BU5 1 G4CAB**OO8

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 850or GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n’ + p’ +q’ [ G850MODOOAor G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800

if (n+n’+p+p’+q+q’)>6and no ANC on site: 3

G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:12–(n+n’+p+p’+q+q’)

G3MOD**OOL

(1) 3x1...3 is OK, but 3x4 is restricted: +40ºC. +45ºC is possible if the power is reduced to28W at OMC–R (Pmax–2dB). (Refer to § 2.4)

Page 60: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

56

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

4.15 MBI5 – 4x1...3 – DC

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

Connection Area

Air Inlet

STAND

Legend

FANU FANUFANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

FANUFANU

TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2

ANC 1

TRE3TRE3

SUMA

TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2

FANU FANU FANU

ANC 2( Sector 2 )

( Sector 1 )

ANC 3( Sector 3 )

Empty space.

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 4( Sector 4 )

ANC 3a b

TRE 1

ANC 1

a b

TRE 1

ANC 4a b

ANC 2

a b

2

23

TRE 1 23

TRE 1 2

FANU FANU

Dummy Panel

Dummy Panel

Air Inlet

Air Inlet

TRE3 TRE3

3

3

The BTS has 4 sectors withn, p, q and r TRE

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector

Page 61: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

57

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,q,rTRX850 []or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,q,rTRX900 [–E+]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,q,rTRX1800 [–E+]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,q,rTRX1900 []

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 850or GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n + p + q + r [ G850MODOOAor G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

ANB/ANC module GSM 850or GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900

3 G850MODOO3or G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS

or if (n+p+q+r) 8:GSM 900

or GSM 1800

3G4MOD1*OOA

or G4MOD1*OOC

ANB/ANC module GSM 850or GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900

1 G850MODOO1or G4MOD**OO1or G4MOD**OO2or G4MOD**OOQ

or if (n+p+q+r) 8:GSM 900

or GSM 1800

1G4MOD1*OOB

or G4MOD1*OOD

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC: 16–n–p–q–r G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 850or GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n’ + p’ + q’ + r’ [ G850MODOOAor G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800

if(n+n’+p+p’+q+q’+r+r’)>8 and no ANC on site: 3

G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7

Page 62: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

58

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800

if(n+n’+p+p’+q+q’+r+r’)>8 and no ANC on site: 1

G4MOD**OO1or G4MOD**OO2

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:16–(n+n’+p+p’+q+q’+r+r’)

G3MOD**OOL

(1) 4x1...2 is OK, but 4x3 is restricted: +40ºC. +45ºC is possible if the power is reduced to28W at OMC–R (Pmax–2dB). (Refer to § 2.4)

Page 63: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

59

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

4.16 MBI5 – 2x4 + 2x2 – DC

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

Connection Area

Air Inlet

STAND

Legend

FANU FANUFANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

FANUFANU

TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2

ANC 1

TRE3TRE4TRE3

SUMA

TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2

FANU FANU FANU

ANC 2( Sector 2 )

( Sector 1 )

ANC 3( Sector 3 )

Empty space.ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 4( Sector 4 )

ANC 3a b

TRE 1

ANC 1

a b

TRE 1

ANC 4a b

ANC 2

a b

The BTS has 4 sectors withrespectively n, p, q and r TRE.

2

23 4

TRE 1 23 4

TRE 1 2

TRE4

FANU FANU

Dummy Panel

Dummy Panel

Air Inlet

Air Inlet

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector

Figure 23. MBI5 – 2x4 + 2x2 – DC

Page 64: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

60

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,q,rTRX850 []or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,q,rTRX900 [–E+–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,q,rTRX1800 [–E+–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,q,rTRX1900 []

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 850or GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n + p + q + r [ G850MODOOAor G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

ANB/ANC module GSM 850or GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900

3 G850MODOO3or G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS

or[ GSM 900or GSM 1800]+[ GSM900or GSM 1800]

2

1

[ G4MOD1*OOAor G4MOD1*OOC]+[ G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7]

ANC module GSM 850or GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900

1 G850MODOO1or G4MOD**OO1or G4MOD**OO2or G4MOD**OOQ

50 Ohms load for AN if ANB: 8–n–pif no ANB: 16–n–p–q–r

G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 850or GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n’ + p’ + q’ + r’ [ G850MODOOAor G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

(1) This configuration is restricted: +40ºC. +45ºC is possible if the power is reduced to28W at OMC–R (Pmax–2dB). (Refer to § 2.4)

Page 65: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

61

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

4.17 MBI5 – 1x6 + 2x3 – DC

4.17.1 MBI5 – 1x6 + 2x3 – DC with ANY

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

Connection Area

Air Inlet

STAND

Legend

FANU FANUFANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

FANUFANU

TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4

ANC 1

TRE1TRE2

TRE5

SUMA

TRE3TRE1TRE2TRE3

FANU FANU FANU

ANC 2( Sector 2 )

( Sector 1 )

ANC 3( Sector 3 )

Empty space.

ANC 2a b

ANC 3a b

The BTS has 3 sectors withrespectively 6, 3 and 3 TRE

TRE 1 23TRE6

FANU FANU

Dummy Panel

Dummy Panel

Air Inlet

Air Inlet

ANY1

ANY2

ANC 1a b

ANY 1 ANY 2

TRE 1 3 5 2 4 6

TRE 1 23

Figure 24. MBI5 – 1x6 + 2x3 – DC with ANY

Page 66: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

62

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–6,3,3TRX900 [–E+]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–6,3,3TRX1800 [–E+]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3

SUMA 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+

12 [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOL ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800

3 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7

ANY module GSM 900or GSM 1800

2 [ G4MOD1*OOIor G4MOD1*OOJ ]+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF

50 Ohms load for AN 4 G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION : No extension

Page 67: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

63

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

4.17.2 MBI5 – 1x6 + 2x3 – DC without ANY

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

Connection Area

Air Inlet

STAND

Legend

FANU FANUFANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

FANUFANU

TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4

ANC 1

TRE1TRE2

TRE5

SUMA

TRE3TRE1TRE2TRE3

FANU FANU FANU

ANC 3( Sector 2 )

( Sector 1 )

ANC 4( Sector 3 )

Empty space.

ANC 3

a b

ANC 4a b

The BTS has 3 sectors withrespectively 6, 3 and 3 sectors

TRE 1 23

TRE6

FANU FANU

Dummy Panel

Dummy Panel

Air Inlet

Air Inlet

ANY2

TRE 1 23

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 2( Sector 1)

ANC 1a b

ANC 2a b

TRE 3 4 65TRE 1 2

Sector 1:

Sector 2:

Sector 3:

Figure 25. MBI5 – 1x6 + 2x3 – DC without ANY

Page 68: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

64

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–6,3,3TRX900 [–E+]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–6,3,3TRX1800 [–E+]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3

SUMA 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+

12 [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOL ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800

4 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7

50 Ohms load for AN 4 G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION : No extension

Page 69: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

65

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

4.18 MBI5 – 2x5 + 1x2 – DC

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

Connection Area

Air InletSTAND

Legend

FANU FANUFANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

FANUFANU

TRE1TRE3TRE2TRE4

ANC 1

TRE1

SUMA

TRE2TRE3TRE4TRE5

FANU FANU FANU

ANC 2( Sector 2 )

( Sector 1 )

ANC 3( Sector 3 )

Empty space.

ANC 3a b

TRE 1 2

FANU FANU

Dummy Panel

Dummy Panel

Air Inlet

Air Inlet

TRE5

The BTS has 3 sectors with5, 5 and 2 TRE

The ANC 3 can be replaced by ANB

ANY

TRE1TRE2

ANC 1a b

TRE 1 3 24 5

ANY 1

ANY

2

1

ANC 2a b

TRE 1 3 24 5

ANY 2

Figure 26. MBI5 – 2x5 + 1x2 DC

Page 70: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

66

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–5,5,2TRX900 [–E+]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–5,5,2TRX1800 [–E+]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+

12 [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOL]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800

2 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7

ANB/ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800

1 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7

or:GSM 900

or GSM 1800

1G4MOD1*OOA

or G4MOD1*OOC

ANY module GSM 900or GSM 1800

2 [ G4MOD1*OOIor G4MOD1*OOJ ]+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC: 4else: 2

G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION : No extension

Page 71: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

67

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

4.19 MBI5 – 3x1..2 + 1x4 – DC with ANY

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

Connection Area

Air InletSTAND

Legend

FANU FANUFANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

FANUFANU

TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2

ANC 1

TRE3

SUMA

TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2

FANU FANU FANU

ANC 2( Sector 2 )

( Sector 1 )

ANC 3( Sector 3 )

Empty space.

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 4( Sector 4 )

ANC 3a b

TRE 1

ANC 1a b

TRE 1

ANC 4a b

2

2

TRE 1 2

FANU FANU

Dummy Panel

Dummy Panel

Air Inlet

Air Inlet

TRE4

The BTS has 4 sectors withn, p, q and r TRE

The ANCs 1, 3 & 4 can be replacedby ANB’s also

ANC 2

ANY

TRE 1 3 2 4

a

ANY

Figure 27. MBI5 – 1x1...2 + 1x4 – DC with ANY

Page 72: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

68

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,4,q,rTRX900 [–E+]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,4,q,rTRX1800 [–E+]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+

4 + n + q + r [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOL]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANB/ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800

3 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7

or:GSM 900

or GSM 1800

3G4MOD1*OOA

or G4MOD1*OOC

ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800

1 G4MOD**OO1or G4MOD**OO2

ANY module GSM 900or GSM 1800

1 [ G4MOD1*OOIor G4MOD1*OOJ ]+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC: 12–n–q–relse: 2

G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+

n’ + q’ + r’ [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOL ]+ G4MOD**OOF

Page 73: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

69

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

4.20 MBI3 – 1x1...4 – DC or AC with ANX and ANY

Connection Area

Air Inlet

STAND

Empty space

Air Inlet

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

BATS(Option)

FANU FANU FANU

FANU FANUFANUTRE1TRE2

SUMA

TRE3TRE4

ANXANY

Dummy Panel

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ADAM

PM12

PM12

Legend

The BTS has 1 sector with n TRE.

ANXa b

ANY

TRE 1 3 2 4

ÅÅÅÅÅÅ

Modules present onlyin AC configuration

Figure 28. MBI3 – 1x1...4 – DC or AC with ANX and ANY

Page 74: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

70

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–nTRX900– [E+–AC –BU u]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–nTRX1800– [E+–AC –BU u]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–nTRX1900– [AC –BU u]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DCor AC

1 MBIGSM*OO1or MBIGSM*OO2

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANX module GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900

1 G3MOD**OO2or G3MOD**OO5or G3MOD**OOP

ANY module GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900

0 if n < 31 if n>2

[ G4MOD1*OOIor G4MOD1*OOJor G3MOD**OOQ ]+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF

50 Ohms load for AN 0 if no ANYelse: 4 – n

G3MOD**OOL

+ In case of AC variant :

Battery Backup Unit(Option)

BU5 1 G4CAB**OO8

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n’ [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANY module GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900

If no ANY on site :1 If (n+n’) 2

[ G4MOD1*OOIor G4MOD1*OOJor G3MOD**OOQ ]+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF

50 Ohms load for AN If ANY added :4–(n+n’)

G3MOD**OOL

Page 75: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

71

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

4.21 MBI3 – 2x1...2 – DC or AC with ANX

Connection Area

Air Inlet

STAND

Empty space

Legend

FANU FANUFANU

Air Inlet

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

BATS(Option)

FANU FANU FANU

TRE1TRE2

ANX 1ANX 2( Sector 2 ) ( Sector 1 )

SUMA

TRE1TRE2

The BTS has 2 sectors : – Sector 1 with n TRE, – Sector 2 with p TRE.

a bANX 1

TRE 1 2

a bANX 2

TRE 1 2

Sector 1 Sector 2

Dummy Panel

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ADAM

PM12

PM12

ÅÅÅÅÅÅ

Modules present onlyin AC configuration

Figure 29. MBI3 – 2x1...2 – DC or AC with ANX

Page 76: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

72

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–n,pTRX900– [E+–AC –BU u]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–n,pTRX1800–[E+––AC –BU u]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–n,pTRX1900–[AC –BU u]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DCor AC

1 MBIGSM*OO1or MBIGSM*OO2

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n + p [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANX module GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900

2 G3MOD**OO2or G3MOD**OO5or G3MOD**OOP

+ In case of AC variant :

Battery Backup Unit(Option)

BU5 1 G4CAB**OO8

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n’ + p’ [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

Page 77: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

73

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

4.22 MBI3 – 3x1...2 – DC with ANX

Connection Area

Air Inlet

STAND

Empty space

Legend

FANU FANUFANU FANU FANUTRE1TRE2

ANX 3( Sector 3 )

TRE1TRE2

FANU FANU FANU

TRE1TRE2

The BTS has 3 sectors :

a bANX 1

TRE 1 2Sector 1

– Sector 1 with n TRE, – Sector 2 with p TRE, – Sector 3 with q TRE.

Air Inlet

a bANX 2

TRE 1 2Sector 2

a b

ANX 3

TRE 1 2Sector 3

ANX 1ANX 2( Sector 2 ) ( Sector 1 )

SUMA

Dummy Panel

Figure 30. MBI3 – 3x1...2 – DC with ANX

Page 78: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

74

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–n,p,qTRX900 [–E+]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–n,p,qTRX1800 [–E+]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–n,p,qTRX1900 []

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO1

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n + p + q [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANX module GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900

3 G3MOD**OO2or G3MOD**OO5or G3MOD**OOP

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n + p + q [or G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF

Page 79: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

75

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

4.23 MBI5 – 1x1...8 – 24V DC

Empty space

Legend

The BTS has 1 sector with n TRE.

ANC 1a b

ANY 1 ANY 2

TRE 1 3 5 7 2 4 6 8

If more than 4 TRE, 2 ANY are required.Pre–equipment possible.

Up to 4 TRE, and if no ANY pre–equip.the TRE1 to TRE4 are directly connectedto the ANC.

Air Inlet

STANDAir Inlet

24V

Connection Area

FANU FANUFANU

FANUFANUFANU

TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4

ANC 1ANYANY2 1

TRE5TRE6TRE7TRE8

SUMA

Air Inlet

Dummy Panel

24V

The ANC can be replaced by the ANBin case of less than 3 TRE

Figure 31. MBI5 – 1x1...8 – 24V DC

Page 80: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

76

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX850 – 24V [–PRE]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX900 –24V [–E+–PRE–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX1800 –24V [–E+–PRE–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX1900 –24V [–PRE]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet 1 MBIGSM*OO3

Subrack 24V DC 1 MBIGSM*OO5+ MBIGSM*OO7

Converter 24V DC 2 MBIGSM*OO6

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 850or GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n [ G850MODOOAor G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANB/ANC module GSM 850or GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900

1 G850MODOO3or G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS

or if n 2:GSM 900

or GSM 1800

1G4MOD1*OOA

or G4MOD1*OOC

ANY module GSM 850or GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900

0 If n 42 If n 4

or if PRE–eq.

[ G850MODOO2or G4MOD1*OOIor G4MOD1*OOJor G3MOD**OOQ ]+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC: 4–n if no ANY 8–n if ANY

G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 850or GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n’ [ G850MODOOAor G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800

if (n+n’)>2and no ANC on site: 1

G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7

Page 81: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

77

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

ANY module GSM 850or GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900

If no ANY on site :2 If (n+n’) 4

[ G850MODOO2or G4MOD1*OOIor G4MOD1*OOJor G3MOD**OOQ ]+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added: 4–(n+n’)

If 2 ANY added :8–(n+n’)

G3MOD**OOL

Page 82: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

78

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

4.24 MBI5 – 2x1...4 – 24V DC

Empty space

Legend

The BTS has 2 sectors :

a bANC 1

TRE 1 3

a bANC 2

TRE 1 3

Sector 1 Sector 2

– Sector 1 with n TRE, – Sector 2 with p TRE.

2 24 4

Air Inlet

STANDAir Inlet

Connection Area

FANU FANUFANU FANU FANUFANUTRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2

ANC 1ANC 2( Sector 2 ) ( Sector 1 )

SUMA

TRE3TRE4TRE4 TRE3

FANU FANU FANUAir

Dummy Panel

Inlet

24V24V

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector

Figure 32. MBI5 – 2x1...4 – 24V DC

Page 83: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

79

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,pTRX850 –24V []or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5– n,pTRX900 –24V [–E+–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,pTRX1800 –24V [–E+–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,pTRX1900 –24V []

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet 1 MBIGSM*OO3

Subrack 24V DC 1 MBIGSM*OO5+ MBIGSM*OO7

Converter 24V DC 2 MBIGSM*OO6

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 850or GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n + p [ G850MODOOAor G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANB/ANC module GSM 850or GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900

2 G850MODOO3or G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS

or if (n+p) 4:GSM 900

or GSM 1800

2G4MOD1*OOA

or G4MOD1*OOC

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC: 8 – n – p G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 850or GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n’ + p’ [ G850MODOOAor G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800

if (n+n’+p+p’) > 4and no ANC on site: 2

G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added: 8–(n+n’+p+p’)

G3MOD**OOL

Page 84: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

80

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

4.25 MBI5 – 3x1...3 – 24V DC

Legend

Empty space

The BTS has 3 sectors :

ANC 1a b

TRE 1 3 2

ANC 2a b

1 3 2

ANC 3a b

1 3 2

– Sector 1 with n TRE,– Sector 2 with p TRE,– Sector 3 with q TRE.

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

Connection Area

Air InletFANU FANUFANU

TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE1

ANC 2

TRE3TRE2TRE3

Dummy Panel

FANU FANUFANU

FANU FANU FANUAir Inlet

TRE1TRE2

SUMA

ANC 1

ANC 3

STAND

Air Inlet

24 V 24 V 24 V

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector

Figure 33. MBI5 – 3x1...3 – 24V DC

Page 85: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

81

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,qTRX850 –24V []or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,qTRX900 –24V [–E+–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,qTRX1800 –24V [–E+–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,qTRX1900 –24V []

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet 1 MBIGSM*OO3

Subrack 24V DC 1 MBIGSM*OO5+ MBIGSM*OO7

Converter 24V DC if (n+p+q)<9: 2if (n+p+q) = 9: 3

MBIGSM*OO6

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 850or GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n + p + q [ G850MODOOAor G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANB/ANC module GSM 850or GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900

3 G850MODOO3or G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS

or if (n+p+q) 6:GSM 900

or GSM 1800

3G4MOD1*OOA

or G4MOD1*OOC

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC: 12–n–p–q G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 850or GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n’ + p’ + q’ [ G850MODOOAor G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800

if (n+n’+p+p’+q+q’) > 6and no ANC on site: 3

G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added: 12–(n+n’+p+p’+q+q’)

G3MOD**OOL

Converter 24V DC if (n+p+q)<9 and(n+n’ + p+p’ + q+q’) = 9

then 1

MBIGSM*OO6

Page 86: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

82

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

4.26 MBI5 – 4x1...2 – 24V DC

Legend

Empty space.

ANC 3

a b

TRE 1

ANC 1a b

TRE 1

ANC 4

a b

ANC 2a b

2

2

TRE 1 2

TRE 1 2

The BTS has 4 sectors withn, p, q and r TRE

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

Connection Area

Air InletFANU FANUFANU

TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2

ANC 2

TRE1TRE1TRE2

Dummy Panel

FANU FANUFANU

FANU FANU FANUAir Inlet

SUMA

ANC 1

ANC 3

STAND

Air Inlet

TRE2

ANC 4

24 V 24 V

The ANCs can be replacedby ANBs also

Figure 34. MBI5 – 4x1...2 – 24V DC

Page 87: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

83

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,q,rTRX850 –24V []or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,q,rTRX900 –24V [–E+–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,q,rTRX1800 –24V [–E+–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,q,rTRX1900 –24V []

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet 1 MBIGSM*OO3

Subrack 24V DC 1 MBIGSM*OO5+ MBIGSM*OO7

Converter 24V DC 2 MBIGSM*OO6

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 850or GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n + p + q + r [ G850MODOOAor G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

ANB/ANC module GSM 850or GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900

3 G850MODOO3or G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS

or:GSM 900

or GSM 1800

3G4MOD1*OOA

or G4MOD1*OOC

ANB/ANC module GSM 850or GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900

1 G850MODOO1or G4MOD**OO1or G4MOD**OO2or G4MOD**OOQ

or:GSM 900

or GSM 1800

1G4MOD1*OOB

or G4MOD1*OOD

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC: 16–n–p–q–r G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 850or GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n’ + p’ + q’ + r’ [ G850MODOOAor G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

Page 88: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

84

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

5 LOW LOSS CONFIGURATIONS – GSM 900, 1800, 1900

5.1 MBI3 1x3...4 – Low Loss – DC or AC

Connection Area

Air Inlet

STAND

Legend

FANU FANUFANU FANU FANUFANUTRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4

ANC 1ANC 2SUMA

Air Inlet

The BTS has 1 sector with n TRE.ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ADAM

PM12

PM12

PM12

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

BATS(Option)

FANU FANUFANU FANU FANUFANU

a bANC 1

TRE 1 2

a bANC 2

TRE 3 4

On each ANC :

at installation time. (On site)The two bridges will be removed

Both ANC are set to thesame sector number.

Empty space

ÅÅÅÅÅÅ

Modules present onlyin AC configuration

Dummy Panel

The ANCs can be replacedby ANBs also

Figure 35. MBI3 – 1x3...4 – Low Loss – DC or AC

Page 89: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

85

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–nTRX900–LL [–E+–AC–BU u–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–nTRX1800–LL [–E+–AC–BU u–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–nTRX1900–LL [–AC–BU u]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO1

AC 1 MBIGSM*OO2

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANB/ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900

2 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS

or:GSM 900

or GSM 1800

2G4MOD1*OOA

or G4MOD1*OOC

+ In case of AC variant :

Battery Backup Unit(Option)

BU5 1 G4CAB**OO8

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n’ [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF

Page 90: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

86

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

5.2 MBI5 – 1x3...8 – Low Loss – DC or AC

Connection Area

Air Inlet

Dummy Panel

Legend

FANUFANUFANU

TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4

Air Inlet

Empty space

TRE5TRE6TRE7TRE8

FANU FANU FANU

ANC 1ANC 2

ÅÅÅÅÅÅ

Modules present onlyin AC configuration

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

STAND

FANU FANU

SUMA

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ADAM

PM12

PM12

PM12

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

BATS

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

BBU orSTASR

(Option)

(Option)

FANU

The BTS has 1 sector with n TRE.

ANC 1a b

TRE 1 5 2 6

ANC 2a b

Both ANC are set to thesame sector number.

TRE 3 7 4 8

On each ANC :In case of 1x3...4:

connected to them.

The two bridges will be removedat installation time (On site),if no more than 2 TREs are

Figure 36. MBI5 – 1x3...8 – Low Loss – DC or AC

Page 91: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

87

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX900–LL [–E+–AC–BU u]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX1800–LL [–E+–AC–BU u]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX1900–LL [–AC–BU u]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3

or AC 1 MBIGSM*OO4+ G4CAB**OO1

or AC with BU90

(Large BBU)

1 MBIGSM*OO4+ NBV2CABOO6

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900

2 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS

50 Ohms load for AN 8–n G3MOD**OOL

+ In case of AC variant :

Battery Backup Unit(Option)

BU5or BU90

1 G4CAB**OO8or EXTBAT*OO4

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n’ [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF

Page 92: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

88

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

5.3 MBI5 1x9...12 – Low Loss – DC or AC

This configuration is the logical extension of the 1x3...8 Low Loss configuration.

Connection Area

Air Inlet

Dummy Panel

Legend

FANUFANUFANU

TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4

Air Inlet

Empty space

TRE5TRE6TRE7TRE8

FANU FANU FANU

ANC 1ANC 2

ÅÅÅÅÅÅ

Modules present onlyin AC configuration

Air Inlet

STAND

FANU FANUFANUTRE9TRE10TRE11TRE12

ANC 3SUMA

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ADAM

PM12

PM12

PM12

The BTS has 1 sector with n TREs.

ANC 3a b

TRE 9 11

The 3 ANC are set to the same sector number.

10 12

ANC 1a b

TRE 1 5 2 6

ANC 2a b

TRE 3 7 4 8ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

BATS(Option)

Dummy Panel

Figure 37. MBI5 1x9...12 – Low Loss – DC or AC

Page 93: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

89

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX900–LL [–E+–AC–BU u]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX1800–LL [–E+–AC–BU u]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX1900–LL [–AC–BU u]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3

or AC 1 MBIGSM*OO4+ G4CAB**OO1

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900

3 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS

50 Ohms load for AN 12–n G3MOD**OOL

+ In case of AC variant :

Battery Backup Unit(Option)

BU5 1 G4CAB**OO8

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n’ [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

(1) 1x9...10 is OK, but 1x11...12 is restricted: +40ºC. +45ºC is possible if the power is re-duced to 28W at OMC–R (Pmax–2dB). (Refer to § 2.4)

Page 94: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

90

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

5.4 MBI5 – 2x3...6 – Low Loss – DC

SUMA

Connection Area

Air

Legend

FANUFANUFANU

TRE3TRE4TRE3TRE4

Empty space

TRE5TRE6TRE5TRE6

FANU FANU FANU

ANC 3ANC 2

Air Inlet

STAND

FANU FANUFANU

Dummy

TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2

ANC 1ANC 4(Sector 1)

(Sector 1)(Sector 2)

(Sector 2)

The BTS has 2 sectors with

ANC 1a b

TRE 1

respectively n and p TRE.

ANC 3a b

Both ANC are set to thesame sector number.

Sector 1 :

ANC 2a b

ANC 4a b

Sector 2 :

In each sector :

TRE 1

On each ANC :The two bridges will be removedat installation time (On site),

3 5 4 6

3 5 4 6

In case of 2x3...4 :

if no more than 2 TREs are connected to them.

2

2

Panel

Dummy Panel

Inlet

Air Inlet

(sector n) (sector q)

(sector p) (sector r)

Figure 38. MBI5 – 2x3...6 – Low Loss – DC

Page 95: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

91

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,pTRX900–LL [–E+–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,pTRX1800–LL [–E+–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,pTRX1900–LL

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n + p [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

ANB/ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900

2 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS

orGSM 900

or GSM 1800

2G4MOD1*OOA

or G4MOD1*OOC

ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900

1

+ 1

G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS+ G4MOD**OO1or G4MOD**OO2or G4MOD**OOQ

50 Ohms load for AN If no ANB: 16–n–p G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n’ + p’ [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

(1) 2x1...5 is OK, but 2x6 is restricted: +40ºC. +45ºC is possible if the power is reduced to28W at OMC–R (Pmax–2dB). (Refer to § 2.4)

Page 96: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

92

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

5.5 MBI5 – 3x3 – Low Loss – DC

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

Connection Area

Air Inlet

STAND

Legend

FANU FANUFANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

FANUFANUFANU

TRE1

ANC 1

TRE1TRE2

SUMA

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

TRE3

TRE1

FANU FANU FANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 6

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 2

Empty space.

Dummy Panel

Dummy Panel

Air Inlet

Air Inlet

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsalso

ANC 5

TRE2

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 3

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

TRE1TRE2

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 4

TRE1

(Sector 1)(Sector 1)(Sector 2)

(Sector 2)(Sector 3)(Sector 3)

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

TRE3

TRE3

The BTS has 3 sectors with

ANC 1a b

TRE 1

respectively 3 TRE:

ANC 4a b

Both ANC are set to thesame sector number.

Sector 1 :

ANC 2a b

ANC 5a b

Sector 2 :

In each sector :

TRE 1

3

3

2

2

ANC 3a b

ANC 6a b

Sector 3 :

TRE 1 3 2

(sector n) (sector r)

(sector p) (sector s)

(sector q) (sector t)

Figure 39. MBI5 – 3x3 Low Loss – DC

Page 97: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

93

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–3,3,3TRX900–LL [–E+–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–3,3,3TRX1800–LL [–E+–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–3,3,3TRX1900–LL

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

9 [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANB/ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900

6 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS

orGSM 900

or GSM 1800

6G4MOD1*OOA

or G4MOD1*OOC

50 Ohms load for AN If no ANB: 3 G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION : No extension

Page 98: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

94

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

6 HIGH POWER CONFIGURATIONS – GSM 900, 1800

High power configurations with AC power supply are not foreseen actually with BU101 inte-grated in the cabinet.

6.1 MBI3 – 1x1...3 – High Power – DC or AC

Connection Area

Air Inlet

STAND

Empty space

Legend

FANU FANUFANU FANU FANUFANUTRE1TRE3

ANC 1( Sector 1 )

SUMA

FANU FANU FANUAir Inlet

ÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ANC 1

TRE 1 3 2

a b

The BTS has 1 sectorwith 1...3 TRE

On ANC:The two bridges will be removedat installation time. (On site)

Dummy Panel

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

BATS(Option)

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ADAM

PM12

PM12

ÅÅÅÅÅÅ

Modules present onlyin AC configuration

The ANC can be replaced incase of less than 3 TRE

TRE2

Figure 40. MBI3 – 1x1...3 – High Power – DC or AC

Page 99: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

95

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–nTRX900–HP [–E+–AC–BU u–ANB]BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–nTRX1800–HP [–E+–AC–BU u–ANB]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO1

or AC 1 MBIGSM*OO2

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+

n [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOCor G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANB/ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800

G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7

or if n 2:GSM 900

or GSM 1800

1

G4MOD1*OOAor G4MOD1*OOC

+ In case of AC variant :

Battery Backup Unit(Option)

BU5 1 G4CAB**OO8

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+

n’ [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOCor G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800

if (n+n’) > 2and no ANC on site: 1

G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:4–(n+n’)

G3MOD**OOL

Page 100: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

96

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

6.2 MBI3 – 2x1...2 – High Power – DC or AC

Connection Area

Air Inlet

STAND

Empty space

Legend

FANU FANUFANU FANU FANUFANUTRE1TRE1

ANC 1ANC 2( Sector 2 ) ( Sector 1 )

SUMA

FANU FANU FANUAir Inlet

ÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ANC 1

TRE 1 2

a b

The BTS has 2 sectorswith 1 TRE each.

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ANC 2

TRE 1 2

a b

On each ANC :The two bridges will be removedat installation time. (On site)

Dummy Panel

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

BATS(Option)

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ADAM

PM12

PM12

ÅÅÅModules present onlyin AC configuration

The ANCs can be replacedby ANBs also

TRE2 TRE2

Figure 41. MBI3 – 2x1 – High Power – DC or AC

Page 101: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

97

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–n,pTRX900–HP [–E+–AC–BU u–ANB]BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–n,pTRX1800–HP [–E+–AC–BU u–ANB]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO1

or AC 1 MBIGSM*OO2

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+

n + p [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOCor G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANB/ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800

2 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7

or:GSM 900

or GSM 1800

2G4MOD1*OOA

or G4MOD1*OOC

+ In case of AC variant :

Battery Backup Unit(Option)

BU5 1 G4CAB**OO8

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+

n’ + p’ [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOCor G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800

if (n+n’+p+p’) > 4and no ANC on site: 2

G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7

50 Ohms load for AN If ANCs added:8–(n+n’+p+p’)

G3MOD**OOL

Page 102: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

98

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

6.3 MBI3 – 3x1 – High Power – DC

Connection Area

Air Inlet

STAND

Empty space

Legend

FANU FANUFANU FANU FANUTRE1

ANC 1ANC 2( Sector 2 ) ( Sector 1 )

SUMA

ANC 3( Sector 3 )

TRE1

FANU FANU FANU

TRE1

The BTS has 3 sectors with 1 TRE each

a bANC 1

TRE 1

a bANC 2

TRE 1Sector 1 Sector 2

a bANC 3

TRE 1Sector 3

Dummy Panel

Air Inlet

The ANCs can be replacedby ANBs also

Figure 42. MBI3 – 3x1...1 – High Power – DC

Page 103: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

99

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–n,pTRX900–HP [–E+–ANB]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO1

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3or G4MOD**OOE

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+

3 [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOC]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANB/ANC module GSM 900 3 G4MOD**OO6

or:GSM 900 3 G4MOD1*OOA

50 Ohms load for AN If ANCs: 9 G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION : No extension

Page 104: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

100

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

6.4 MBI5 – 1x1...4 – High Power – DC or AC

ANC 1SUMA

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ADAM

PM12

PM12

PM12

Connection Area

Air Inlet

Dummy Panel

Legend

FANUFANUFANU

TRE4

Air Inlet

FANU FANU FANU

Air Inlet

STAND

FANU FANUFANU

Dummy Panel

TRE1TRE2TRE3

ANC 1a b

TRE 1 3 2 4

The BTS has 1 sector withn TRE.

Bridges can be removed if only2 TRE connected to the ANC.

On site, on the ANC:

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

BATS(Option)

Empty space

ÅÅÅÅÅÅ

Modules present onlyin AC configuration

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector

Figure 43. MBI5 – 1x1...4 – High Power – DC or AC

Page 105: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

101

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX900–HP [–E+–AC–BU u–ANB]BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX1800–HP [–E+–AC–BU u–ANB]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3

or AC 1 MBIGSM*OO4+ G4CAB**OO1

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+

n [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOCor G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANB/ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800

1 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7

or if n 2:GSM 900

or GSM 18001 G4MOD1*OOA

or G4MOD1*OOC

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC: 4 – n G3MOD**OOL

+ In case of AC variant :

Battery Backup Unit(Option)

BU5 1 G4CAB**OO8

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+

n’ [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOCor G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800

if (n+n’) > 2and no ANC on site: 1

G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:4–(n+n’)

G3MOD**OOL

Page 106: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

102

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

6.5 MBI5 – 1x1...8 – High Power – DC or AC

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

Connection Area

Air Inlet

STAND

Legend

FANU FANUFANU

FANUFANUFANU

TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4

ANC 1ANYANY2 1

TRE5TRE6TRE7TRE8

Air Inlet

Empty space

ANC 1a b

ANY 1 ANY 2

TRE 1 3 5 7 2 4 6 8

If more than 4 TRE, 2 ANY are required.Pre–equipment possible.

to the ANC.

The BTS has 1 sector with n TRE.

Up to 4 TRE, and if no ANY pre–equip.the TRE1 to TRE4 are directly connected

Dummy Panel

FANU FANU

SUMA

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ADAM

PM12

PM12

PM12

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

BATS

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

BBU orSTASR

(Option)

ÅÅÅÅÅÅ

Modules present onlyin AC configuration

(Option)

FANU

The ANC can be replaced by theANB in case of less than 3 TRE

Figure 44. MBI5 – 1x1...8 – High Power – DC or AC

Page 107: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

103

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX900–HP [–E+–PRE–AC–BU u–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX1800–HP [–E+–PRE–AC–BU u–ANB]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3

or AC 1 MBIGSM*OO4+ G4CAB**OO1

or AC with BU90

(Large BBU)

1 MBIGSM*OO4+ NBV2CABOO6

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+

n [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOCor G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANB/ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800

1 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7

or if n 2:GSM 900

or GSM 1800

1G4MOD1*OOA

or G4MOD1*OOC

ANY module GSM 900or GSM 1800

0 If n 42 If n 4

or if PRE–eq.

[ G4MOD1*OOIor G4MOD1*OOJ ]+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF

50 Ohms load for AN 4–n If ANC and no ANY8–n If ANY

G3MOD**OOL

+ In case of AC variant :

Battery Backup Unit(Option)

BU5or BU90

1 G4CAB**OO8or EXTBAT*OO4

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+

n’ [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOCor G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800

if (n+n’) > 2and no ANC on site: 1

G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7

ANY module GSM 900or GSM 1800

If no ANY on site :2 If (n+n’) 4

[ G4MOD1*OOIor G4MOD1*OOJ ]+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:4–(n+n’)

If 2 ANY added :8–(n+n’)

G3MOD**OOL

Page 108: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

104

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

6.6 MBI5 – 2x1...4 – High Power – DC or AC

Connection Area

Air Inlet

Dummy Panel

Legend

FANUFANUFANU

TRE1TRE2

TRE4

Air Inlet

TRE3TRE4

FANU FANU FANU

ANC 2

Air Inlet

STAND

FANU FANUFANU

Dummy Panel

TRE1TRE2TRE3

(Sector 2)

The BTS has 2 sectors with

ANC 1a b

TRE 1 3 2 4

respectively n and p TRE.

ANC 2a b

On site, on each ANC:

if only 2 TRE connected.

TRE 1 3 2 4

The two bridges can be removed

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

BATS(Option)

ANC 1SUMA

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ADAM

PM12

PM12

PM12

( Sector 1 )

Empty space

ÅÅÅModules present onlyin AC configuration

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector

Figure 45. MBI5 – 2x1...4 – High Power – DC or AC

Page 109: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

105

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,pTRX900–HP [–E+–AC–BU u–ANB]BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,pTRX1800–HP [–E+–AC–BU u–ANB]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3

or AC 1 MBIGSM*OO4+ G4CAB**OO1

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+

n + p [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOCor G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANB/ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800

2 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7

or if (n+p) 4:GSM 900

or GSM 1800

2G4MOD1*OOA

or G4MOD1*OOC

50 Ohms load for AN if ANC: 8 – n – p G3MOD**OOL

+ In case of AC variant :

Battery Backup Unit(Option)

BU5 1 G4CAB**OO8

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+

n’ + p’ [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOCor G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800

if (n+n’+p+p’)>4and no ANC on site: 2

G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:8–(n+n’+p+p’)

G3MOD**OOL

Page 110: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

106

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

6.7 MBI5 – 3x1...3 – High Power – DC or AC

ANC 1SUMA

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ADAM

PM12

PM12

PM12

( Sector 1 )

Connection Area

Air

Dummy

Legend

FANUFANUFANU

TRE1TRE2

Air Inlet

TRE2

FANU FANU FANU

ANC 2

Air Inlet

STAND

FANU FANUFANU

Dummy Panel

TRE1TRE2

(Sector 2)ANC 3

(Sector 3)

TRE1

TRE3TRE3

TRE3

The BTS has 3 sectors withrespectively n, p and q TRE.

ANC 1a b

1 3

ANC 2a b

1 32 2nc nc

ANC 3a b

1 3 2nc

Case of 3x1...2 :

On each ANC :

antenna.

The two bridges will be removedat installation time. (On site)One HP TRE transmitting per

Inlet

Panel

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

BATS(Option)

Empty space

ÅÅÅÅÅÅ

Modules present onlyin AC configuration

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector

Figure 46. MBI5 – 3x1...3 – High Power – DC or AC

Page 111: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

107

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,qTRX900–HP [–E+–AC–BU u–ANB]BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,qTRX1800–HP [–E+–AC–BU u–ANB]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3

or AC 1 MBIGSM*OO4+ G4CAB**OO1

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+

n + p + q [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOCor G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANB/ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800

3 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7

or if (n+p+q) 6:GSM 900

or GSM 1800

3G4MOD1*OOA

or G4MOD1*OOC

50 Ohms load for AN if ANC: 12 – n – p – q G3MOD**OOL

+ In case of AC variant :

Battery Backup Unit(Option)

BU5 1 G4CAB**OO8

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+

n’ + p’ + q’ [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOCor G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800

if (n+n’+p+p’+q+q’)>6and no ANC on site: 3

G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:12–(n+n’+p+p’+q+q’)

G3MOD**OOL

Page 112: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

108

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

6.8 MBI5 – 3x4 – High Power – DC

ANC 1SUMA

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ADAM

PM12

PM12

PM12

( Sector 1 )

Connection Area

Air

Dummy

Legend

FANUFANUFANU

TRE1TRE2

Air Inlet

TRE2

FANU FANU FANU

ANC 2

Air Inlet

STAND

FANU FANUFANU

Dummy Panel

TRE1TRE2

(Sector 2)ANC 3

(Sector 3)

TRE1

TRE3TRE3

TRE3

The BTS has 3 sectors withrespectively 4 TRE

ANC 1a b

ANC 2a b

ANC 3a b

Inlet

Panel

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

BATS(Option)

Empty space

TRE4TRE4

TRE4

1 3 2 4 1 3 2 4 1 3 2 4

Temperature limitation to 40 degrees C!

For higher temperatures split totwo cabinets (see next chapter)

Figure 47. MBI5 – 3x4 – High Power – DC

Page 113: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

109

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–4,4,4TRX900–HP [–E+]BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–4,4,4TRX1800–HP [–E+]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+

12 [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOCor G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANB/ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800

3 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION : No extension

6.9 3x4 – High power for high temperatures

As the 3x4 High power cannot be realised within a single cabinet for ambient temperatures higher than+40°C, for these cases two cabinets should be used:

Cabinet 1: MBI5 2x4 HP,Cabinet 2: MBI5 1x4 HP.

For the configurations descriptions, the reader will refer to chapters 6.6 (MBI5 2x1...4 HP) and 6.4 (MBI51x1...4 HP).

Page 114: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

110

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

6.10 MBI5 – 4x1...2 – High Power DC

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

Connection Area

Air Inlet

STAND

Legend

FANU FANUFANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

FANUFANU

TRE1TRE1

ANC 1

TRE2

SUMA

TRE1TRE1

FANU FANU FANU

ANC 2( Sector 2 )

( Sector 1 )

ANC 3( Sector 3 )

Empty space.

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 4( Sector 4 )

ANC 3a b

TRE 1

ANC 1

a b

TRE 1

ANC 4a b

ANC 2

a b

2

2

TRE 1 2

TRE 1 2

FANU FANU

Dummy Panel

Dummy Panel

Air Inlet

Air Inlet

TRE2 TRE2

The BTS has 4 sectors withn, p, q and r TRE

TRE2

The ANCs can be replacedby ANBs also

Page 115: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

111

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,q,rTRX900–HP [–E+–ANB]BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,qTRX1800–HP [–E+–ANB]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+

n + p + q + r [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOCor G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANB/ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800

4 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7

orGSM 900

or GSM 1800

4G4MOD1*OOA

or G4MOD1*OOC

50 Ohms load for AN if ANC:16 – n – p – q –r

G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+

n’ + p’ + q’ + r’ [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOCor G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD ]+ G4MOD**OOF

Page 116: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

112

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

6.11 3x6 – High power

The configuration 3x1...6 High power is based on two cabinets:Cabinet 1: 1x6 TRX + 1x3 TRXCabinet 2: 1x6 TRX + 1x3 TRX

a b

ANC

nc

a b

ANC

nc

a b

ANC

nc

a b

ANC

nc

a b

ANC

nc

a b

ANC

nc

Cabinet 1 Cabinet 2

1x6 TRX 1x6 TRX

B6.2: 2x3 TRXB7.2: 1x6 TRX

Figure 48. 3x1...6 HP site configuration

The configuration will be ordered and manufactured as 2 x [–E+3x1...3] HP configuration. For that purposethe reader will refer to chapter 6.7.

Page 117: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

113

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

6.12 MBI5 – 2x1...2 – High Power – TRDH – AC

ANC 1SUMA

ADAM

PM12

PM12

PM12

( Sector 1 )

Connection Area

Air

Dummy

Legend

FANUFANUFANU

TRE1TRE2

Air Inlet

FANU FANU FANU

ANC 2

Air Inlet

STAND

FANU FANUFANU

Dummy Panel

TRE1TRE2

(Sector 2)

ANC 1a b

1

ANC 2a b

12 2

On each ANC :

antenna.

The two bridges will be removedat installation time. (On site)One HP TRE transmitting per

Inlet

Panel

BATS(Option)

Empty space

The BTS has two sectors withrespectiviliy n and p TRE

Figure 49. MBI5 – 2x1...2 – High Power – TRDH – AC

Page 118: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

114

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,pTRX1800–HP–AC [–BU u]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet AC 1 MBIGSM*OO4+ G4CAB**OO1

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 1800 n + p G4MOD**OOJ+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 1800 2 G4MOD**OO7

50 Ohms load for AN 8–n–p G3MOD**OOL

Battery Backup Unit(Option)

BU5 1 G4CAB**OO8

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 1800 n’ + p’ G4MOD**OO3or G4MOD**OOE

Page 119: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

115

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

6.13 MBI5 – 3x2 – High Power – TRDH – AC

ANC 1SUMA

ADAM

PM12

PM12

PM12

( Sector 1 )

Connection Area

Air

Dummy

Legend

FANUFANUFANU

TRE1TRE2

Air Inlet

FANU FANU FANU

ANC 2

Air Inlet

STAND

FANU FANUFANU

Dummy Panel

TRE1TRE2

(Sector 2)ANC 3

(Sector 3)

The BTS has 3 sectors with

ANC 1a b

1

ANC 2a b

12 2

ANC 3a b

1 2

On each ANC :

antenna.

The two bridges will be removedat installation time. (On site)One HP TRE transmitting per

Inlet

Panel

BATS(Option)

Empty space

TRE1TRE2 respectivily n, p and q TRE

Figure 50. MBI5 – 3x2 – High Power – TRDH – AC

Page 120: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

116

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,p,qTRX1800–HP–AC [–BU u]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet AC 1 MBIGSM*OO4+ G4CAB**OO1

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 1800 n + p + q G4MOD**OOJ+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 1800 3 G4MOD**OO7

50 Ohms load for AN 12–n–p–q G3MOD**OOL

Battery Backup Unit(Option)

BU5 1 G4CAB**OO8

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 1800 n’ + p’ + q’ G4MOD**OO3or G4MOD**OOE

Page 121: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

117

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

6.14 MBI5 – 1x1...8 – High Power 24V DC

Empty space

Legend

The BTS has 1 sector with n TRE.

ANC 1a b

ANY 1 ANY 2

TRE 1 3 5 7 2 4 6 8

If more than 4 TRE, 2 ANY are required.Pre–equipment possible.

Up to 4 TRE, and if no ANY pre–equip.the TRE1 to TRE4 are directly connectedto the ANC.

Air Inlet

STANDAir Inlet

24V

Connection Area

FANU FANUFANU

FANUFANUFANU

TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4

ANC 1ANYANY2 1

TRE5TRE6TRE7TRE8

SUMA

Air Inlet

Dummy Panel

24V

The ANC can be replaced by the ANBin case of less than 3 TRE

Figure 51. MBI5 – 1x1...8 – High Power 24V DC

Page 122: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

118

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX900–HP–24V [–E+–PRE–ANB]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX1800–HP–24V [–E+–PRE–ANB]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3

Subrack 24V DC 1 MBIGSM*OO5+ MBIGSM*OO7

Converter 24V DC 2 MBIGSM*OO6

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+

n [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOCor G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANB/ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800

1 G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7

or if n 2:GSM 900

or GSM 1800

1G4MOD1*OOA

or G4MOD1*OOC

ANY module GSM 900or GSM 1800

0 If n 42 If n 4

or if PRE–eq.

[ G4MOD1*OOIor G4MOD1*OOJ ]+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF

50 Ohms load for AN 4–n If ANC and no ANY8–n If ANY

G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+or GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+

n’ [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOCor G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 900or GSM 1800

if (n+n’) > 2and no ANC on site: 1

G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7

ANY module GSM 850or GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900

If no ANY on site :2 If (n+n’) 4

[ G4MOD1*OOIor G4MOD1*OOJ ]+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:4–(n+n’)

If 2 ANY added :8–(n+n’)

G3MOD**OOL

Page 123: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

119

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

7 EXTENDED CELL CONFIGURATION – GSM 900

Extended cell configurations are based either on RX TMA use as shown in Figure 52.

By principle, extended cell configurations can be used for all configurations, where the required hardwarefits into the racks. The configurations on next pages are examples only.

For more information the reader will refer to document [12].

ANCA B

PD

U 1

TMA TMA

Sector 2

TRE 1 TRE 3

TRE 2

INNER CELL OUTER CELL

TRE 4 ANCA B

Sector 1

TRE 1 TRE 3TRE 2 TRE 4

DC

DCBias Tee

Bias Tee

Figure 52. Extended Cell configuration

Page 124: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

120

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

Connection Area

Air Inlet

Dummy Panel

Legend

FANUFANUFANU

TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4

Air Inlet

Empty space

TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4

FANU FANU FANU

ANC 2

ÅÅÅÅÅÅ

Modules present onlyin AC configuration

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

STAND

FANU FANU

SUMA

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ADAM

PM12

PM12

PM12

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

BATS

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

BBU orSTASR

(Option)

(Option)

FANU

ANC 1a b

The BTS has 2 sectors withrespectively n and p TRE :– n TRE in the INNER cell,– p TRE in the OUTER cell.

INNER cell :

OUTER cell :( Sector 2 )OUTER CELL

TRE 1 3 2 4

ANC 1

( Sector 1 )INNER CELL

ANC 2a b

TRE 1 3 2 4

Figure 53. MBI5 – Extended Cell configuration based on RX TMA

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,pTRX900–EXC–TMA [–E+–AC–BU u]

Page 125: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

121

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3

or AC 1 MBIGSM*OO4+ G4CAB**OO1

or AC with BU90

(Large BBU)

1 MBIGSM*OO4+ NBV2CABOO6

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 n + p G4MOD**OOA+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 900 2 G4MOD**OO6

50 Ohms load for AN 8 – n – p G3MOD**OOL

+ In case of AC variant :

Battery Backup Unit(Option)

BU5or BU90

1 G4CAB**OO8or EXTBAT*OO4

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 900 n’ + p’ G4MOD**OOA+ G4MOD**OOF

The RX TMA items (TMA, PDU, cables, ...) are not listed in the previous ordering table. For thatpurpose the reader will refer to document [3].

Page 126: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

122

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

8 MULTIBAND CONFIGURATIONS – GSM 900/1800, 900/1900 AND 850/1900

Note : In the present chapter, following abbreviations are currently used:– MBD for Multiband BTS (900/1800, 900/1900 or 850/1900)– MBC for Multiband Cell (900/1800).

8.1 MBI3 – 1x1...4/1x1...4 MBD or 1x(...4/...4) MBC – DC

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

Connection Area

Air Inlet

STAND Empty space

Legend

FANU FANUFANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

FANU FANUFANUTRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2

ANC 1ANC 2( Sector 2 ) ( Sector 1 )

SUMA

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

TRE3TRE4TRE4 TRE3

FANU FANU FANUAir

The BTS has 2 sectors :

a bANC 1

TRE 1 3

a bANC 2

TRE 1 3Sector 1 Sector 2

– Sector 1 with n TRE, – Sector 2 with p TRE.

2 24 4

Multiband BTS :

Multiband Cell :

The BTS has only 1 sector with : – n TRE in GSM 900 band, – p TRE in GSM 1800

ANC1 and ANC2 are set to thesame sector number.

ÉÉÉÉÉÉ

Dummy Panel

Inlet

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector

GSM 1800/1900

Figure 54. MBI3 – 1x1...4/1x1...4 MBD or 1x(...4/...4) MBC – DC

Page 127: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

123

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–nTRX900/pTRX1800–MBD [–E+–ANB]BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–nTRX900/pTRX1900–MBDBTS–9100–IND–MBI3–nTRX900/pTRX1800–MBC [–E+–ANB]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO1

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+

n [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOK ]+ G4MOD**OOF

TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900

p [ G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANB/ANC module GSM 900 1 G4MOD**OO6

or if n 2:GSM 900

1G4MOD1*OOA

ANB/ANC module GSM 1800or GSM 1900

1 G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS

or if p 2:GSM 1800

1G4MOD1*OOC

50 Ohms load for AN if ANC: 8 – n – p G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+

n’ [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOK ]+ G4MOD**OOF

TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900

p’ [ G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 900 if (n+n’) > 2and no ANC on site: 1

G4MOD**OO6

ANC module GSM 1800 if (p+p’) > 2and no ANC on site: 1

G4MOD**OO7

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:8–(n+n’+p+p’)

G3MOD**OOL

Page 128: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

124

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

8.2 MBI3 – 2x1...2/1x1...2 MBD – DC

Connection Area

Air Inlet

STAND

Empty space

Legend

FANU FANUFANU FANU FANUTRE1TRE2

ANC 1ANC 2( Sector 2 ) ( Sector 1 )

SUMA

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 3( Sector 3 )

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

TRE1TRE2

FANU FANU FANU

TRE1TRE2

The BTS has 3 sectors :

a bANC 1

TRE 1 2

a bANC 2

TRE 1 2Sector 1 Sector 2

– Sector 1 with n TRE, – Sector 2 with p TRE, – Sector 3 with q TRE.

a bANC 3

TRE 1 2Sector 3

Dummy Panel

Air Inlet

ÉÉÉÉÉÉ

GSM 1900

Figure 55. MBI3 – 2x1...2/1x1...2 – DC

Page 129: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

125

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–n,pTRX850/qTRX1900–MBD

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO1

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 850 n+p G850MODOOA+ G4MOD**OOF

TRE module GSM 1900 q G4MOD**OOR+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 850 1 G850MODOO3

ANC module GSM 1900 1 G4MOD**OOS

50 Ohms load for AN 12 – n – p – q G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 850 n’ + p’ G850MODOOA+ G4MOD**OOF

TRE module GSM 1900 q’ G4MOD**OOR+ G4MOD**OOF

Page 130: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

126

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

8.3 MBI5 – 1x1...6/1x1...6 MBD or 1x(...6/...6) MBC – DC or AC

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

Connection Area

Air Inlet

Dummy Panel

Air Inlet

STAND

Legend

FANU FANUFANU

Empty space

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 1

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANY1

TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4

( Sector 1 )

TRE5TRE6

SUMA

FANU FANU FANU

ANC 2ANY

2 ( Sector 2 )

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

TRE1TRE2

TRE3TRE4TRE5TRE6

FANU FANU FANU

Air Inlet

The BTS has 2 sectors :

In each sector :If no more than 4 TRE, no ANY isrequired. TRE 1 to 4 are then cabledon ANC.

– Sector 1 with n TRE,– Sector 2 with p TRE.

ANC 1a b

TRE 1 3 24 5 6

ANY 1

ANC 2a b

24 5 6

ANY 2

Multiband BTS :

Multiband Cell :

The BTS has only 1 sector with : – p TRE in GSM 900 band, – n TRE in GSM 1800 band.

ANC1 and ANC2 are setto the same sector number.

TRE 1 3

ÉÉÉÉÉÉ

GSM 1800/1900

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ADAM

PM12

PM12

PM12

ÅÅÅÅÅÅ

Modules present onlyin AC configuration

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

BATS(Option)

Dummy Panel

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector

Figure 56. MBI5 – 1x1...6/1x1...6 MBD or 1x(...6/...6) MBC – DC or AC

Page 131: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

127

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS: BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–pTRX900/nTRX1800–MBD [–E+–PRE66–AC–BU u–ANB]BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–pTRX900/nTRX1900–MBD [–PRE66–AC–BU u]BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–pTRX900/nTRX1800–MBC [–E+–PRE66–AC–BU u–ANB]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3

or AC 1 MBIGSM*OO4+ G4CAB**OO1

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+

p [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOK ]+ G4MOD**OOF

TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n [ G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANB/ANC module GSM 900 1 G4MOD**OO6

or if n 2:GSM 900

1G4MOD1*OOA

ANB/ANC module GSM 1800or GSM 1900

1 G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD ‘**OOS

or if p 2:GSM 1800

1G4MOD1*OOC

ANY module GSM 900 1 if (p4)or if PRE–eq.

G4MOD1*OOI+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF

ANY module GSM 1800or GSM 1900

1 if (n4)or if PRE–eq.

[ G4MOD1*OOJor G3MOD**OOQ]+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC:Sector 1 :4–n if no ANY6–n if ANY

+ Sector 2 :4–p if no ANY6–p if ANY

G3MOD**OOL

+ In case of AC variant :

Battery Backup Unit(Option)

BU5 1 G4CAB**OO8

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+

p’ [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOK ]+ G4MOD**OOF

TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n’ [ G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOKor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF

Page 132: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

128

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

ANC module GSM 900 if (n+n’) > 2and no ANC on site: 1

G4MOD**OO6

ANC module GSM 1800 if (p+p’) > 2and no ANC on site: 1

G4MOD**OO7

ANY module GSM 900 If no ANY in sector 2 :1 if ( p+p’) 4

G4MOD1*OOI+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF

ANY module GSM 1800or GSM 1900

If no ANY in sector 1 :1 if ( n+n’) 4

[ G4MOD1*OOJor G4MOD**OOQ]+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF

50 Ohms load for AN Sector 1 :4–n–n’ if ANC add.+ Sector 2 :4–p–p’ if ANC add.+

Sector 1 :8–n–n’ if ANY add.

+ Sector 2 :8–p–p’ if ANY add.

G3MOD**OOL

Page 133: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

129

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

8.4 MBI5 – 1x1...8/1x1...4 MBD or 1x(...8/...4) MBC – DC or AC

Connection Area

Air Inlet

Legend

FANU FANUFANU

Air Inlet

STAND

FANU FANUFANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4

ANC 1SUMA

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ADAM

PM12

PM12

PM12

ANC 2a b

ANY 1 ANY 2

TRE 1 3 5 7 2 4 6 8

ANC 1a b

The BTS has 2 sectors : – Sector 1 with n TRE,– Sector 2 with p TRE.

Multiband BTS :

In sector 2:If no more than 4 TRE, no ANY isrequired. TRE 1 to 4 are then cabledon ANC.

Multiband Cell :

The BTS has only 1 sector with : – n TRE in GSM 900 band, – p TRE in GSM 1800 band.

ANC1 and ANC2 are setto the same sector number.

1 3 2 4

Empty space

ÉÉÉGSM 1800/1900

ÅÅÅÅÅÅ

Modules present onlyin AC configuration

Dummy Panel

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

BATS(Option)

FANUFANUFANU

TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4

ANC 2ANYANY2 1

TRE5TRE6TRE7TRE8

Air Inlet

Dummy Panel

( Sector 1 )

( Sector 2 )

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector

Figure 57. MBI5 – 1x1...8/1x1...4 MBD or 1x(...8/...4) MBC – DC or AC

Page 134: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

130

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS: BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX900/pTRX1800–MBD [–E+–PRE84–AC–BU u–ANB]BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX900/pTRX1900–MBD [–PRE84–AC–BU u]BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX900/pTRX1800–MBC [–E+–PRE84–AC–BU u–ANB]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3

or AC 1 MBIGSM*OO4+ G4CAB**OO1

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+

n [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOK ]+ G4MOD**OOF

TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

p [ G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANB/ANC module GSM 900 1 G4MOD**OO6

or if n 2:GSM 900

1G4MOD1*OOA

ANB/ANC module GSM 1800or GSM 1900

1 G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS

or if p 2:GSM 1800

1G4MOD1*OOC

ANY module GSM 900 If PRE–equipment : 2else :

1 if 4<n<=62 if n 6

G4MOD1*OOI+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC:Sector 1 :4–n if no ANY8–n if ANY

+ Sector 2 :4–p

G3MOD**OOL

+ In case of AC variant :

Battery Backup Unit(Option)

BU5 1 G4CAB**OO8

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+

n’ [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOK ]+ G4MOD**OOF

TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

p’ [ G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 900 if (n+n’) > 2and no ANC on site: 1

G4MOD**OO6

Page 135: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

131

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

ANC module GSM 1800 if (p+p’) > 2and no ANC on site: 1

G4MOD**OO7

ANY module GSM 900 If no ANY in sector 1 :2 if ( n+n’) 4

G4MOD1*OOI+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:8–(n+n’+p+p’)+

Sector 1 :8–n–n’ if ANY add.

G3MOD**OOL

Page 136: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

132

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

8.5 MBI5 1x1...4/1x1...8 MBD or 1x(...4/...8) MBC – DC or AC

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

Connection Area

Air Inlet

Legend

FANU FANUFANU

Air Inlet

STAND

FANU FANUFANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4

ANC 1SUMA

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ADAM

PM12

PM12

PM12

ANC 2a b

ANY 1 ANY 2

TRE 1 3 5 7 2 4 6 8

ANC 1a b

The BTS has 2 sectors : – Sector 1 with n TRE,– Sector 2 with p TRE.

Multiband BTS :

In sector 1:If no more than 4 TRE, no ANY isrequired. TRE 1 to 4 are then cabledon ANC.

Multiband Cell :

The BTS has only 1 sector with : – n TRE in GSM 900 band, – p TRE in GSM 1800 band.

ANC1 and ANC2 are setto the same sector number.

1 3 2 4

Empty space

ÉÉÉÉÉÉ

GSM 1800/1900

ÅÅÅÅÅÅ

Modules present onlyin AC configuration

Dummy Panel

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

BATS(Option)

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

FANUFANUFANU

TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 2ANYANY2 1

TRE5TRE6TRE7TRE8

Air Inlet

Dummy Panel

( Sector 2 )

( Sector 1 )

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector

Figure 58. MBI5 – 1x1...4/1x1...8 MBD or 1x(...4/...8) MBC – DC or AC

Page 137: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

133

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS: BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–pTRX900/nTRX1800–MBD [–E+–PRE48–AC–BU u–ANB]BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–pTRX900/nTRX1900–MBD [–PRE48–AC–BU u]BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–pTRX900/nTRX1800–MBC [–E+–PRE48–AC–BU u–ANB]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3

or AC 1 MBIGSM*OO4+ G4CAB**OO1

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+

p [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOK ]+ G4MOD**OOF

TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n [ G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 900 1 G4MOD**OO6

ANC module GSM 1800or GSM 1900

1 G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS

ANB/ANC module GSM 900 1 G4MOD**OO6

or if n 2:GSM 900

1G4MOD1*OOA

ANB/ANC module GSM 1800or GSM 1900

1 G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS

or if p 2:GSM 1800

1G4MOD1*OOC

ANY module GSM 1800or GSM 1900

If PRE–equipment : 2else :

1 if 4<n<=62 if n 6

[ G4MOD1*OOJor G3MOD**OOQ]+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC:Sector 1 :4–n if no ANY8–n if ANY

+ Sector 2 :4–p

G3MOD**OOL

+ In case of AC variant :

Battery Backup Unit(Option)

BU5 1 G4CAB**OO8

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+

p’ [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOK ]+ G4MOD**OOF

Page 138: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

134

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n’ [ G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 900 if (n+n’) > 2and no ANC on site: 1

G4MOD**OO6

ANC module GSM 1800 if (p+p’) > 2and no ANC on site: 1

G4MOD**OO7

ANY module GSM 1800or GSM 1900

If no ANY in sector 1 :2 if ( n+n’) 4

[ G4MOD1*OOJor G3MOD**OOQ]+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:8–(n+n’+p+p’)+

Sector 1 :8–n–n’ if ANY add.

G3MOD**OOL

Page 139: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

135

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

8.6 MBI5 – 1x3...8 LL/1x1...4 MBD – DC or AC

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

BATS(Option)

Connection Area

Air Inlet

STAND

Legend

FANU FANUFANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

FANUFANUFANU

TRE1TRE2TRE5TRE6

ANC 1

TRE3TRE4TRE1TRE2

Air Inlet

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

TRE7TRE8TRE3TRE4

FANU FANU FANU

ANC 2( Sector 1 )

( Sector 1 )

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 3( Sector 2 )

The BTS has 2 sectors withrespectively n and p TRE.

The configuration is based on1x3...8 Low Loss configurationextended with a 1x4 sector.

ANC 1a b

TRE 1

ANC 2a b

TRE 3

ANC 3

a b

TRE 1 3

ANC1 and ANC2 are set tothe same sector number.

2 4

On ANC1 and ANC2 :In case of 1x3...4 LL/1x1...4 :

connected to them.

The two bridges will be removedat installation time (On site),if no more than 2 TREs are

5 2 6 7 4 8

SUMA

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ADAM

PM12

PM12

PM12

Empty space

ÉÉÉÉÉÉ

GSM 1800/1900

ÅÅÅÅÅÅ

Modules present onlyin AC configuration

Dummy Panel

Dummy Panel

Air Inlet

Figure 59. MBI5 – 1x3...8 LL/1x1...4 MBD – DC or AC

Page 140: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

136

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX900–LL/pTRX1800–MBD [–E+–AC–BU u]BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX900–LL/pTRX1900–MBD [–AC–BU u]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3

or AC 1 MBIGSM*OO4+ G4CAB**OO1

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+

n [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOK ]+ G4MOD**OOF

TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

p [ G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 900 2 G4MOD**OO6

ANC module GSM 1800or GSM 1900

1 G4MOD**OO7or H4MOD**OOS

50 Ohms load for AN 12–n–p G3MOD**OOL

+ In case of AC variant :

Battery Backup Unit(Option)

BU5 1 G4CAB**OO8

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+

n’ [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOK ]+ G4MOD**OOF

TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900

p’ [ G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR]+ G4MOD**OOF

Page 141: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

137

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

8.7 MBI5 – 1x1...4/2x1...4 MBD – DC or AC

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

Connection Area

Air Inlet

STAND

Legend

FANU FANUFANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

FANUFANUFANU

TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4

ANC 1

TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2

Air Inlet

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

TRE3TRE4TRE3TRE4

FANU FANU FANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 2( Sector 2 )

( Sector 1 )

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 3( Sector 3 )

The BTS has 3 sectors :

ANC 1a b

TRE 1 3 2 4

ANC 2a b

1 3 2 4

ANC 3a b

1 3 2 4

– Sector 1 with n TRE,– Sector 2 with p TRE,– Sector 3 with q TRE.

Multiband BTS :

SUMA

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ADAM

PM12

PM12

PM12

Empty space

ÉÉÉÉÉÉ

GSM 1800/1900

ÅÅÅÅÅÅ

Modules present onlyin AC configuration

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

BATS(Option)

Dummy Panel

Dummy Panel

Air Inlet

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector

Figure 60. MBI5 – 1x1...4/2x1...4 MBD – DC or AC

Page 142: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

138

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX900/p,qTRX1800–MBD [–E+–AC–BU u–ANB]BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX900/p,qTRX1900–MBD [–AC–BU u]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3

or AC 1 MBIGSM*OO4+ G4CAB**OO1

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+

n [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOK ]+ G4MOD**OOF

TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

p + q [ G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANB/ANC module GSM 900 1 G4MOD**OO6

or if n 2:GSM 900

1G4MOD1*OOA

ANB/ANC module GSM 1800or GSM 1900

2 G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS

or if p+q 4:GSM 1800

2G4MOD1*OOC

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC: 12 – n – p – q G3MOD**OOL

+ In case of AC variant :

Battery Backup Unit(Option)

BU5 1 G4CAB**OO8

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+

n’ [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOK ]+ G4MOD**OOF

TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

p’ + q’ [ G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 900 if (n+n’) > 2and no ANC on site: 1

G4MOD**OO6

ANC module GSM 1800 if (p+p’+q+q’) > 4and no ANC on site: 2

G4MOD**OO7

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:12–(n+n’+p+p’+q+q’)

G3MOD**OOL

Page 143: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

139

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

8.8 MBI5 – 2x1...4/1x1...4 MBD – DC or AC

Connection Area

Air Inlet

STAND

Legend

FANU FANUFANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

FANUFANUFANU

TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4

ANC 1

TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2

Air Inlet

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

TRE3TRE4TRE3TRE4

FANU FANU FANU

ANC 2( Sector 2 )

( Sector 1 )

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 3( Sector 3 )

The BTS has 3 sectors :

ANC 1a b

TRE 1 3 2 4

ANC 2a b

1 3 2 4

ANC 3a b

1 3 2 4

– Sector 1 with n TRE,– Sector 2 with p TRE,– Sector 3 with q TRE.

Multiband BTS :

SUMA

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ADAM

PM12

PM12

PM12

Empty space

ÉÉÉÉÉÉ

GSM 1800/1900

ÅÅÅÅÅÅ

Modules present onlyin AC configuration

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

BATS(Option)

Dummy Panel

Dummy Panel

Air Inlet

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector

Figure 61. MBI5 – 2x1...4/1x1...4 MBD – DC or AC

Page 144: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

140

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–p,qTRX900/nTRX1800–MBD [–E+–AC–BU u–ANB]BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–p,qTRX900/nTRX1900–MBD [–AC–BU u]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3

or AC 1 MBIGSM*OO4+ G4CAB**OO1

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

GSM 900 p + q G4MOD**OOA+ G4MOD**OOF

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+

p + q [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOK ]+ G4MOD**OOF

TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n [ G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANB/ANC module GSM 900 2 G4MOD**OO6

or if p+q 4:GSM 900

2G4MOD1*OOA

ANB/ANC module GSM 1800or GSM 1900

1 G4MOD**OO7G4MOD**OOS

or if n 2:GSM 1800

1G4MOD1*OOC

50 Ohms load for AN 12 – n – p – q G3MOD**OOL

+ In case of AC variant :

Battery Backup Unit(Option)

BU5 1 G4CAB**OO8

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+

p + q [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOK ]+ G4MOD**OOF

TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n’ [ G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 900 if (p+p’+q+q’) > 4and no ANC on site: 2

G4MOD**OO6

ANC module GSM 1800 if n > 2and no ANC on site: 1

G4MOD**OO7

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:12–(n+n’+p+p’+q+q’)

G3MOD**OOL

Page 145: BTS Engineering Rules

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of thisdocument, use and communication of its contents

not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

ED

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 – ALICE 04.10

141

08

/

3BK

15015 CB

AA

PW

ZZ

A

195

195

Page 146: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

142

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

8.9 MBI5 – 1x1...4/...4,...2,...2 MBD – DC

Connection Area

Air Inlet

STAND

Legend

FANU FANUFANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

FANUFANUFANU

TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2

ANC 1

TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2

SUMA

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

TRE3TRE4TRE3TRE4

FANU FANU FANU

ANC 2( Sector 2 )

( Sector 1 )

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 3( Sector 3 )

Empty space.

ÉÉÉÉÉÉGSM 1800/1900

Multiband BTS :

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 4( Sector 4 )

ANC 1

a b

TRE 1

ANC 2

a b

TRE 1

ANC 3a b

ANC 4a b

The BTS has 4 sectors withrespectively n, p, q and r TRE.

2 23 4

TRE 1 23 4 TRE 1 2

Dummy Panel

Dummy Panel

Air Inlet

Air Inlet

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector

Figure 62. MBI5 – 1x1...4/...4,...2,...2 MBD – DC

Page 147: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

143

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–pTRX900/q,n,rTRX1800–MBD [–E+–ANB]BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–pTRX900/q,n,rTRX1900–MBD

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+

p [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOK ]+ G4MOD**OOF

TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n + q + r [ G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANB/ANC module GSM 900 1 G4MOD**OO1

or if p 2:GSM 900

1G4MOD1*OOB

ANB/ANC module GSM 1800or GSM 1900

3 G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS

or if q 2:GSM 1800

3G4MOD1*OOC

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC:16 – n – p – q – r

G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+

p’ [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOK ]+ G4MOD**OOF

TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n’ + q’ + r’ [ G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 900 if (p+p’) > 2and no ANC on site: 1

G4MOD**OO6

ANC module GSM 1800 if (q+q’) > 2and no ANC on site: 2

G4MOD**OO7

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:16–(n+n’+q+q’+r+r’)

G3MOD**OOL

Page 148: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

144

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

8.10 MBI5 – ...4,...2,...2/1x1...4 MBD – DC

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

Connection Area

Air Inlet

STAND

Legend

FANU FANUFANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

FANUFANUFANU

TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2

ANC 1

TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2

SUMA

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

TRE3TRE4TRE3TRE4

FANU FANU FANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 2( Sector 2 )

( Sector 1 )

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 3( Sector 3 )

Empty space.

ÉÉÉÉÉÉGSM 1800/1900

Multiband BTS :

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 4( Sector 4 )

ANC 1

a b

TRE 1

ANC 2

a b

TRE 1

ANC 3a b

ANC 4a b

The BTS has 4 sectors withrespectively n, p, q and r TRE.

2 23 4

TRE 1 23 4 TRE 1 2

Dummy Panel

Dummy Panel

Air Inlet

Air Inlet

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector

Figure 63. MBI5 – ...4,...2,...2/1x1...4 MBD – DC

Page 149: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

145

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–q,n,rTRX900/pTRX1800–MBD [–E+–ANB]BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–q,n,rTRX900/pTRX1900–MBD

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+

n + q + r [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOK ]+ G4MOD**OOF

TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

p [ G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANB/ANC module GSM 900 3 G4MOD**OO6

or if (q+n+r) 6:GSM 900

3G4MOD1*OOA

ANB/ANC module GSM 1800or GSM 1900

1 G4MOD**OO2or G4MOD**OOQ

or if p 2:GSM 1800

1G4MOD1*OOD

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC: 16 – (n+p+q+r) G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+

n’ + q’ + r’ [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOK ]+ G4MOD**OOF

TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

p’ [ G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 900 if (q+q’+n+n’+r+r’) > 6and no ANCs on site: 3

G4MOD**OO6

ANC module GSM 1800 if (p+p’) > 2and no ANCs on site: 1

G4MOD**OO2

50 Ohms load for AN If ANCs added:16–

(n+n’+p+p+q+q’+r+r’)

G3MOD**OOL

Page 150: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

146

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

8.11 MBI5 – 2x1...4/2x1...2 MBD or 2x(...4/...2) MBC – DC

For ordering rules, refer to section 8.13.

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

Connection Area

Air Inlet

STAND

Legend

FANU FANUFANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

FANUFANU

TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2

ANC 1

TRE3TRE4TRE3

SUMA

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2

FANU FANU FANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 2( Sector 2 )

( Sector 1 )

ANC 3( Sector 3 )

Empty space.

ÉÉÉÉÉÉ

GSM 1800/1900

Multiband BTS :

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 4( Sector 4 )

ANC 3a b

TRE 1

ANC 1

a b

TRE 1

ANC 4a b

ANC 2

a b

The BTS has 4 sectors withrespectively n, p, q and r TRE.

2

23 4

TRE 1 23 4

TRE 1 2

TRE4

FANU FANU

Multiband Cell :The BTS has 2 sectors :Sector 1 : – n TRE in GSM 900 band,

ANC1 and ANC2 are setto the same sector number.

– p TRE in GSM 1800 band.

Sector 2 : – q TRE in GSM 1800 band,

ANC3 and ANC4 are setto the same sector number.

– r TRE in GSM 900 band.

Dummy Panel

Dummy Panel

Air Inlet

Air Inlet

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector

Figure 64. MBI5 – 2x1...4/2x1...2 MBD or 2x(...4/...2) MBC – DC

Page 151: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

147

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

8.12 MBI5 – 2x1...2/2x1...4 MBD or 2x(...2/...4) MBC – DC

For ordering rules, refer to section 8.13.

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

Connection Area

Air Inlet

STAND

Legend

FANU FANUFANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

FANUFANUFANU

TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2

ANC 1

TRE3TRE4TRE3TRE4

SUMA

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2

FANU FANU FANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 2( Sector 2 )

( Sector 1 )

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 3( Sector 3 )

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 4( Sector 4 )

Empty space.

ÉÉÉÉÉÉ

GSM 1800/1900

Multiband BTS :

ANC 4a b

TRE 1

ANC 2a b

TRE 1

ANC 3a b

ANC 1a b

The BTS has 4 sectors withrespectively n, p, q and r TRE.

2

23 4

TRE 1 23 4

TRE 1 2

Multiband Cell :The BTS has 2 sectors :Sector 1 : – n TRE in GSM 900 band,

ANC1 and ANC2 are setto the same sector number.

– p TRE in GSM 1800 band.

Sector 2 : – q TRE in GSM 1800 band,

ANC3 and ANC4 are setto the same sector number.

– r TRE in GSM 900 band.

Dummy Panel

Dummy Panel

Air Inlet

Air Inlet

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector

Figure 65. MBI5 – 2x1...2/2x1...4 MBD or 2x(...2/...4) MBC – DC

Page 152: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

148

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

8.13 MBI5 – 1x(...2/...2), 1x(...4/...4) MBC – DC

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

Connection Area

Air Inlet

STAND

Legend

FANU FANUFANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

FANUFANU

TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2

ANC 1

TRE3TRE4

TRE3

SUMA

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2

FANU FANU FANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 2( Sector 2 )

( Sector 1 )

ANC 3( Sector 1 )

Empty space.

ÉÉÉÉÉÉ

GSM 1800

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 4( Sector 2 )

ANC 1a b

TRE 1

ANC 2a b

TRE 1

ANC 4a b

ANC 3a b

2

23 4 TRE 1 23 4

TRE 1 2

TRE4

FANU FANU

Multiband Cell :

The BTS has 2 sectors :

Sector 1 : – n TRE in GSM 900 band,

ANC1 and ANC3 are setto the same sector number.

– p TRE in GSM 1800 band.Sector 2 :

– q TRE in GSM 1800 band.

ANC2 and ANC4 are setto the same sector number.

– r TRE in GSM 900 band.

Dummy Panel

Dummy Panel

Air Inlet

Air Inlet

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector

Figure 66. MBI5 – 1x(...2/...2), 1x(...4/...4) MBC – DC

Page 153: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

149

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,rTRX900/p,qTRX1800–MBD [–E+]BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,rTRX900/p,qTRX1900–MBDBTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,rTRX900/p,qTRX1800–MBC [–E+]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+

n + r [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOK ]+ G4MOD**OOF

TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

p + q [ G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANB/ANC module GSM 900 2 G4MOD**OO6

or if (n +r) 4:GSM 900

2G4MOD1*OOA

ANB/ANC module GSM 1800or GSM 1900

1+ 1

[ G4MOD**OO7+ G4MOD**OOS]+ G4MOD**OO2

or if (p+q) 4:GSM 1800

1+ 1

G4MOD1*OOC+ G4MOD1*OODGSM 1800

+ 1 + G4MOD1*OOD

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC:16 – n – p – q – r

G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+

n’ + r’ [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOK ]+ G4MOD**OOF

TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

p’ + q’ [ G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 900 if (n+n’+r+r’) > 4and no ANC on site: 2

G4MOD**OO6

ANC module GSM 1800 if (p+p’+q+q’) > 4and no ANC on site: 1+ 1

G4MOD**OO7+ G4MOD**OO2

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:16

–(n+n’+p+p’+q+q’+r+r’)

G3MOD**OOL

Page 154: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

150

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

8.14 MBI5 – 3x1/3x1...2 MBD or 3x(1/...2) MBC DC

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

Connection Area

Air Inlet

STAND

Legend

FANU FANUFANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

FANUFANUFANU

TRE1

ANC 1

TRE1TRE2

SUMA

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

TRE2

TRE1

FANU FANU FANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 6

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 3

Empty space.

ÉÉÉÉÉÉ

GSM 1800

ANC 2a b

TRE 1

ANC 1a b

The BTS has 6 sectors withrespectively one or two TRE

TRE 1

Dummy Panel

Dummy Panel

Air Inlet

Air Inlet

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsalso

a b

TRE 1

ANC 3a b

TRE 1

ANC 4

ANC 6a b

TRE 1

ANC 5a b

TRE 1

ANC 4

TRE1

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 5

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

TRE1TRE2

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 2

TRE1

2

2 2

(Sector 1)(Sector 2)(Sector 3)

(Sector 4)(Sector 5)(Sector 6)

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

TRE1

TRE1

Multiband Cell :

The BTS has 3 sectors with each

Sector 1:ANC1 and ANC4 are setto the same sector number.

Sector 2:ANC2 and ANC5 are setto the same sector number.Sector 3:ANC3 and ANC6 are setto the same sector number.

Multiband BTS :

– 1 TRE in GSM900 band and– n, q, t TRE in GSM1800 band

sector s sector r

sector p

sector q

sector n

sector t

Figure 67. MBI5 – 3x1/3x2 HP MBD DC

Page 155: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

151

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–1,1,1TRX900–/n,q,tTRX1800––MBD DC [–E+]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–1,1,1TRX900–/n,q,tTRX1900––MBD DCor BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–1,1,1TRX900–/n,q,tTRX1800––MBC DC [–E+]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+

3 [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOK ]+ G4MOD**OOF

TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n+q+t [ G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANB/ANC module GSM 900 3 G4MOD**OO6

or:GSM 900

3G4MOD1*OOA

ANB/ANC module GSM 1800or GSM 1900

3 G4MOD**OO2or G4MOD**OOQ

or:GSM 1800 3 G4MOD**OOD

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC:21 – n – q – t

G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

n’ + q’ + t’ [ G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 1800 3 G4MOD**OO7+ G4MOD**OO2

50 Ohms load for AN 6 G3MOD**OOL

Page 156: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

152

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

8.15 MBI5 – 3x2/3x1 MBD or 3x(2/1) MBC DC

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

Connection Area

Air Inlet

STAND

Legend

FANU FANUFANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

FANUFANUFANU

TRE1

ANC 1

TRE1TRE2

SUMA

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

TRE2

TRE1

FANU FANU FANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 6

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 3

Empty space.

ÉÉÉÉÉÉ

GSM 900

Dummy Panel

Dummy Panel

Air Inlet

Air Inlet

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsalso

ANC 4

TRE1

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 5

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

TRE1TRE2

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 2

TRE1

(Sector 1)(Sector 2)(Sector 3)

(Sector 4)(Sector 5)(Sector 6)

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

TRE1

TRE1

The BTS has 6 sectors withrespectively one or two TRE

Multiband Cell :

The BTS has 3 sectors with each

Sector 1:

ANC1 and ANC4 are setto the same sector number.

Sector 2:ANC2 and ANC5 are setto the same sector number.

Sector 3:ANC3 and ANC6 are setto the same sector number.

Multiband BTS :

– n, q, t TRE in GSM900 band and– 1 TRE in GSM1800 band

ANC 2

a b

TRE 1

ANC 1

a b

TRE 1

a b

TRE 1

ANC 3a b

TRE 1

ANC 4

ANC 6a b

TRE 1

ANC 5a b

TRE 1

2

2 2

sector s sector r

sector p

sector q

sector n

sector t

Figure 68. MBI5 – 3x2/3x1 HP MBD DC

Page 157: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

153

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,q,tTRX900–/1,1,1TRX1800–MBD DC [–E+]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,q,tTRX900–/1,1,1TRX1900–MBD DCor BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,q,tTRX900–/1,1,1TRX1800–MBC DC [–E+]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+

n+q+t [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOK ]+ G4MOD**OOF

TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+or GSM 1900 EDGE

3 [ G4MOD**OOBor G4MOD**OOLor G4MOD**OOR ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANB/ANC module GSM 900 3 G4MOD**OO6

or:GSM 900

3G4MOD1*OOA

ANB/ANC module GSM 1800or GSM 1900

3 G4MOD**OO2or G4MOD**OOQ

or:GSM 1800 3 G4MOD**OOD

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC:21 – n – q – t

G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+

n’ + q’ + t’ [ G4MOD**OOAor G4MOD**OOK ]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 900 3 G4MOD**OO6+ G4MOD**OO2

50 Ohms load for AN 6 G3MOD**OOL

Page 158: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

154

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

9 HIGH POWER MULTIBAND CONFIGURATIONS

9.1 MBI5 – 1x1...6/1x1...6 HP MBD or 1x(...6/...6) HP MBC – DC

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

Connection Area

Air Inlet

Dummy Panel

Air Inlet

STAND

Legend

FANU FANUFANU

Empty space

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 1

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANY1

TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4

( Sector 1 )

TRE5TRE6

SUMA

FANU FANU FANU

ANC 2ANY

2 ( Sector 2 )

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

TRE1TRE2

TRE3TRE4TRE5TRE6

FANU FANU FANU

Air Inlet

The BTS has 2 sectors :

In each sector :If no more than 4 TRE, no ANY isrequired. TRE 1 to 4 are then cabledon ANC.

– Sector 1 with n TRE,– Sector 2 with p TRE.

ANC 1a b

TRE 1 3 24 5 6

ANY 1

ANC 2a b

24 5 6

ANY 2

Multiband BTS :

Multiband Cell :

The BTS has only 1 sector with : – p TRE in GSM 900 band, – n TRE in GSM 1800 band.

ANC1 and ANC2 are setto the same sector number.

TRE 1 3

ÉÉÉÉÉÉ

GSM 1800

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ADAM

PM12

PM12

PM12

Dummy PanelThe ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector

Temperature restriction:

In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary)limitation to +40 degrees C

Page 159: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

155

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

Figure 69. MBI5 – 1x1...6/1x1...6 HP MBD or 1x(...6/...6) HP MBC – DC

MNEMONICS: BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–pTRX900–HP/nTRX1800–HP–MBD [–E+–PRE66–ANB]BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–pTRX900–HP/nTRX1800–HP–MBC [–E+–PRE66–ANB]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+

p [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOC](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+

n [ G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

ANB/ANC module GSM 900 1 G4MOD**OO6

or if n 2:GSM 900

1G4MOD1*OOA

ANB/ANC module GSM 1800 1 G4MOD**OO7

or if p 2:GSM 1800

1G4MOD1*OOC

ANY module GSM 900 1 if (p4)or if PRE–eq.

G4MOD1*OOI+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF

ANY module GSM 1800 1 if (n4)or if PRE–eq.

G4MOD1*OOJ+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC:Sector 1 :4–n if no ANY8–n if ANY

+ Sector 2 :4–p if no ANY8–p if ANY

G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+

p’ [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOC](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+

n’ [ G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 900 if (n+n’) > 2and no ANC on site: 1

G4MOD**OO6

ANC module GSM 1800 if (p+p’) > 2and no ANC on site: 1

G4MOD**OO7

Page 160: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

156

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

ANY module GSM 900 If no ANY in sector 2 :1 if ( p+p’) 4

G4MOD1*OOI+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF

ANY module GSM 1800 If no ANY in sector 1 :1 if ( n+n’) 4

G4MOD1*OJ+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF

50 Ohms load for AN Sector 1 :4–n–n’ if ANC add.+ Sector 2 :4–p–p’ if ANC add.+

Sector 1 :8–n–n’ if ANY add.

+ Sector 2 :8–p–p’ if ANY add.

G3MOD**OOL

(1) In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary) temperature restriction to +40°C . (Refer to § 2.4)

Page 161: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

157

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

9.2 MBI5 – 1x1...8/1x1...4 HP MBD or 1x(...8/...4) HP MBC – DC

Connection Area

Air Inlet

Legend

FANU FANUFANU

Air Inlet

STAND

FANU FANUFANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4

ANC 1SUMA

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ADAM

PM12

PM12

PM12

ANC 2a b

ANY 1 ANY 2

TRE 1 3 5 7 2 4 6 8

ANC 1a b

The BTS has 2 sectors : – Sector 1 with n TRE,– Sector 2 with p TRE.

Multiband BTS :

In sector 2:If no more than 4 TRE, no ANY isrequired. TRE 1 to 4 are then cabledon ANC.

Multiband Cell :

The BTS has only 1 sector with : – n TRE in GSM 900 band, – p TRE in GSM 1800 band.

ANC1 and ANC2 are setto the same sector number.

1 3 2 4

Empty space

ÉÉÉÉÉÉ

GSM 1800

Dummy Panel

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

BATS(Option)

FANUFANUFANU

TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4

ANC 2ANYANY2 1

TRE5TRE6TRE7TRE8

Air Inlet

Dummy Panel

( Sector 1 )

( Sector 2 )

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector

Temperature restriction:

In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary)limitation to +40 degrees C

Figure 70. MBI5 – 1x1...8/1x1...4 HP MBD or 1x(...8/...4) HP MBC – DC

Page 162: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

158

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS: BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX900–HP/pTRX1800–MBD–HP [–E+–PRE84–ANB]BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX900–HP/pTRX1800–MBC–HP [–E+–PRE84–ANB]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+

n [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOC](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+

p [ G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

ANB/ANC module GSM 900 1 G4MOD**OO6

or if n 2:GSM 900

1G4MOD1*OOA

ANB/ANC module GSM 1800 1 G4MOD**OO7

or if p 2:GSM 1800

1G4MOD1*OOC

ANY module GSM 900 If PRE–equipment : 2else :

1 if 4<n<=62 if n 6

G4MOD1*OOI+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC:Sector 1 :4–n if no ANY8–n if ANY

+ Sector 2 :4–p

G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+

n’ [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOC](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+

p’ [ G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 900 if (n+n’) > 2and no ANC on site: 1

G4MOD**OO6

ANC module GSM 1800 if (p+p’) > 2and no ANC on site: 1

G4MOD**OO7

Page 163: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

159

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

ANY module GSM 900 If no ANY in sector 1 :2 if ( n+n’) 4

G4MOD1*OOI+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:8–(n+n’+p+p’)+

Sector 1 :8–n–n’ if ANY add.

G3MOD**OOL

(1) In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary) temperature restriction to +40°C . (Refer to § 2.4)

9.3 MBI5 1x1...4/1x1...8 HP MBD or 1x(...4/...8) HP MBC – DC

Page 164: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

160

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

Connection Area

Air Inlet

Legend

FANU FANUFANU

Air Inlet

STAND

FANU FANUFANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4

ANC 1SUMA

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ADAM

PM12

PM12

PM12

ANC 2

a b

ANY 1 ANY 2

TRE 1 3 5 7 2 4 6 8

ANC 1

a b

The BTS has 2 sectors : – Sector 1 with n TRE,– Sector 2 with p TRE.

Multiband BTS :

In sector 1:If no more than 4 TRE, no ANY isrequired. TRE 1 to 4 are then cabledon ANC.

Multiband Cell :

The BTS has only 1 sector with : – n TRE in GSM 900 band, – p TRE in GSM 1800 band.

ANC1 and ANC2 are setto the same sector number.

1 3 2 4

Empty space

ÉÉÉÉÉÉ

GSM 1800

Dummy Panel

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

BATS(Option)

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

FANUFANUFANU

TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 2ANYANY2 1

TRE5TRE6TRE7TRE8

Air Inlet

Dummy Panel

( Sector 2 )

( Sector 1 )

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector

Temperature restriction:

In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary)limitation to +40 degrees C

Figure 71. MBI5 – 1x1...4/1x1...8 HP MBD or 1x(...4/...8) HP MBC – DC

MNEMONICS: BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–pTRX900–HP/nTRX1800–MBD–HP [–PRE48–ANB]BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–pTRX900–HP/nTRX1800–MBC–HP [–PRE48–ANB]

Page 165: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

161

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+

p [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOC](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+

n [ G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 900 1 G4MOD**OO6

ANC module GSM 1800 1 G4MOD**OO7

ANB/ANC module GSM 900 1 G4MOD**OO6

or if n 2:GSM 900

1G4MOD1*OOA

ANB/ANC module GSM 1800 1 G4MOD**OO7

or if p 2:GSM 1800

1G4MOD1*OOC

ANY module GSM 1800 If PRE–equipment : 2else :

1 if 4<n<=62 if n 6

G4MOD1*OOI+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC:Sector 1 :4–n if no ANY8–n if ANY

+ Sector 2 :4–p

G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+

p’ [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOC](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+

n’ [ G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 900 if (n+n’) > 2and no ANC on site: 1

G4MOD**OO6

ANC module GSM 1800 if (p+p’) > 2and no ANC on site: 1

G4MOD**OO6

ANY module GSM 1800 If no ANY in sector 1 :2 if ( n+n’) 4

G4MOD1*OOJ+ 2 x G4MOD**OOF

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:8–(n+n’+p+p’)+ Sector 1 :8–n–n’ if ANY add.

G3MOD**OOL

Page 166: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

162

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

(1) In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary) temperature restriction to +40°C . (Refer to § 2.4)

9.4 MBI5 – 1x3...8 LL/1x1...4 HP MBD – DC

Page 167: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

163

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

Connection Area

Air Inlet

STAND

Legend

FANU FANUFANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ FANUFANUFANU

TRE1TRE2TRE5TRE6

ANC 1

TRE3TRE4TRE1TRE2

Air Inlet

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

TRE7TRE8TRE3TRE4

FANU FANU FANU

ANC 2( Sector 1 )

( Sector 1 )

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 3( Sector 2 )

The BTS has 2 sectors withrespectively n and p TRE.

The configuration is based on1x3...8 Low Loss configurationextended with a 1x4 sector.

ANC 1a b

TRE 1

ANC 2a b

TRE 3

ANC 3a b

TRE 1 3

ANC1 and ANC2 are set tothe same sector number.

2 4

On ANC1 and ANC2 :In case of 1x3...4 LL/1x1...4 :

connected to them.

The two bridges will be removedat installation time (On site),if no more than 2 TREs are

5 2 6 7 4 8

SUMA

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ADAM

PM12

PM12

PM12

Empty space

ÉÉÉÉÉÉGSM 1800

Dummy Panel

Dummy Panel

Air Inlet

Temperature restriction:

In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary)limitation to +40 degrees C

Figure 72. MBI5 – 1x3...8 LL/1x1...4 MBD – DC

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX900–LL/pTRX1800–MBD [–E+]BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX900–LL/pTRX1900–MBD

Page 168: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

164

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+

n [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOC](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+

p [ G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 900 2 G4MOD**OO6

ANC module GSM 1800 1 G4MOD**OO7or H4MOD**OOS

50 Ohms load for AN 12–n–p G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+

n’ [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOC](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+

p’ [ G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

(1) In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary) temperature restriction to +40°C . (Refer to § 2.4)

Page 169: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

165

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

9.5 MBI5 – 1x1...4/2x1...4 HP MBD – DC

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

Connection Area

Air Inlet

STAND

Legend

FANU FANUFANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

FANUFANUFANU

TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4

ANC 1

TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2

Air Inlet

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

TRE3TRE4TRE3TRE4

FANU FANU FANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 2( Sector 2 )

( Sector 1 )

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 3( Sector 3 )

The BTS has 3 sectors :

ANC 1a b

TRE

1 3 2 4

ANC 2a b

1 3 2 4

ANC 3a b

1 3 2 4

– Sector 1 with n TRE,– Sector 2 with p TRE,– Sector 3 with q TRE.

Multiband BTS :

SUMA

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ADAM

PM12

PM12

PM12

Empty space

ÉÉÉÉÉÉ

GSM 1800

Dummy Panel

Dummy Panel

Air Inlet

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector

Temperature restriction:

In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary)limitation to +40 degrees C

Figure 73. MBI5 – 1x1...4/2x1...4 HP MBD – DC

Page 170: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

166

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–nTRX900–HP/p,qTRX1800–MBD–HP [–E+–ANB]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+

n [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOC](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+

p + q [ G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

ANB/ANC module GSM 900 1 G4MOD**OO6

or if n 2:GSM 900

1G4MOD1*OOA

ANB/ANC module GSM 1800 2 G4MOD**OO7

or if p+q 4:GSM 1800

2G4MOD1*OOC

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC: 12 – n – p – q G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+

n’ [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOC](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+

p’ + q’ [ G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 900 if (n+n’) > 2and no ANC on site: 1

G4MOD**OO6

ANC module GSM 1800 if (p+p’+q+q’) > 4and no ANC on site: 2

G4MOD**OO7

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:12–(n+n’+p+p’+q+q’)

G3MOD**OOL

(1) In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary) temperature restriction to +40°C . (Refer to § 2.4)

Page 171: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

167

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

9.6 MBI5 – 2x1...4/1x1...4 HP MBD – DC

Connection Area

Air Inlet

STAND

Legend

FANU FANUFANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

FANUFANUFANU

TRE1TRE2TRE3TRE4

ANC 1

TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2

Air Inlet

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

TRE3TRE4TRE3TRE4

FANU FANU FANU

ANC 2( Sector 2 )

( Sector 1 )

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 3( Sector 3 )

The BTS has 3 sectors :

ANC 1

a b

TRE 1 3 2 4

ANC 2

a b

1 3 2 4

ANC 3

a b

1 3 2 4

– Sector 1 with n TRE,– Sector 2 with p TRE,– Sector 3 with q TRE.

Multiband BTS :

SUMA

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ADAM

PM12

PM12

PM12

Empty space

ÉÉÉÉÉÉ

GSM 1800

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

BATS(Option)

Dummy Panel

Dummy Panel

Air Inlet

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector

Temperature restriction:

In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary)limitation to +40 degrees C

Figure 74. MBI5 – 2x1...4/1x1...4 HP MBD – DC

Page 172: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

168

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–p,qTRX900–HP/nTRX1800–MBD–HP [–E+–ANB]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+

p + q [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOC](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+

n [ G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 900 2 G4MOD**OO6

ANC module GSM 1800 1 G4MOD**OO7

ANB/ANC module GSM 900 2 G4MOD**OO6

or if p+q 4:GSM 900

2G4MOD1*OOA

ANB/ANC module GSM 1800 1 G4MOD**OO7

or if n 2:GSM 1800

1G4MOD1*OOC

50 Ohms load for AN 12 – n – p – q G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+

p’ + q’ [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOC](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+

n’ [ G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 900 if (p+p’+q+q’) > 4and no ANC on site: 2

G4MOD**OO6

ANC module GSM 1800 if n > 2and no ANC on site: 1

G4MOD**OO7

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:12–(n+n’+p+p’+q+q’)

G3MOD**OOL

(1) In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary) temperature restriction to +40°C . (Refer to § 2.4)

Page 173: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

169

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

9.7 MBI5 – 1x1...4/...4,...2,...2 HP MBD – DC

Connection Area

Air Inlet

STAND

Legend

FANU FANUFANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

FANUFANUFANU

TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2

ANC 1

TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2

SUMA

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

TRE3TRE4TRE3TRE4

FANU FANU FANU

ANC 2( Sector 2 )

( Sector 1 )

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 3( Sector 3 )

Empty space.

ÉÉÉÉÉÉ

GSM 1800

Multiband BTS :

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 4( Sector 4 )

ANC 1

a b

TRE 1

ANC 2

a b

TRE 1

ANC 3a b

ANC 4a b

The BTS has 4 sectors withrespectively n, p, q and r TRE.

2 23 4

TRE 1 23 4 TRE 1 2

Dummy Panel

Dummy Panel

Air Inlet

Air Inlet

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector

Temperature restriction:

In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary)limitation to +40 degrees C

Figure 75. MBI5 – 1x1...4/...4,...2,...2 HP MBD – DC

Page 174: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

170

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–pTRX900–HP/q,n,rTRX1800–MBD–HP [–E+–ANB]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+

p [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOC](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+

n + q + r [ G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

ANB/ANC module GSM 900 1 G4MOD**OO1

or if p 2:GSM 900

1G4MOD1*OOB

ANB/ANC module GSM 1800 3 G4MOD**OO7

or if q 2:GSM 1800

3G4MOD1*OOC

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC:16 – n – p – q – r

G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+

p’ [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOC](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+

n’ + q’ + r’ [ G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 900 if (p+p’) > 2and no ANC on site: 1

G4MOD**OO6

ANC module GSM 1800 if (q+q’) > 2and no ANC on site: 2

G4MOD**OO7

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:16–(n+n’+q+q’+r+r’)

G3MOD**OOL

(1) In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary) temperature restriction to +40°C . (Refer to § 2.4)

Page 175: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

171

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

9.8 MBI5 – ...4,...2,...2/1x1...4 HP MBD – DC

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

Connection Area

Air Inlet

STAND

Legend

FANU FANUFANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

FANUFANUFANU

TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2

ANC 1

TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2

SUMA

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

TRE3TRE4TRE3TRE4

FANU FANU FANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 2( Sector 2 )

( Sector 1 )

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 3( Sector 3 )

Empty space.

ÉÉÉÉÉÉGSM 1800

Multiband BTS :

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 4( Sector 4 )

ANC 1a b

TRE 1

ANC 2a b

TRE 1

ANC 3

a b

ANC 4

a b

The BTS has 4 sectors withrespectively n, p, q and r TRE.

2 23 4

TRE 1 23 4 TRE 1 2

Dummy Panel

Dummy Panel

Air Inlet

Air Inlet

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector

Temperature restriction:

In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary)limitation to +40 degrees C

Figure 76. MBI5 – ...4,...2,...2/1x1...4 HP MBD – DC

Page 176: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

172

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–q,n,rTRX900–HP/pTRX1800–HP–MBD [–E+–ANB]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+

n + q + r [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOC](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+

p [ G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

ANB/ANC module GSM 900 3 G4MOD**OO6

or if (q+n+r) 6:GSM 900

3G4MOD1*OOA

ANB/ANC module GSM 1800 1 G4MOD**OO2

or if p 2:GSM 1800

1G4MOD1*OOD

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC: 16 – (n+p+q+r) G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+

n’ + q’ + r’ [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOC](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+

p’ [ G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 900 if (q+q’+n+n’+r+r’) > 6and no ANCs on site: 3

G4MOD**OO6

ANC module GSM 1800 if (p+p’) > 2and no ANCs on site: 1

G4MOD**OO2

50 Ohms load for AN If ANCs added:16–

(n+n’+p+p+q+q’+r+r’)

G3MOD**OOL

(1) In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary) temperature restriction to +40°C . (Refer to § 2.4)

Page 177: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

173

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

9.9 MBI5 – 2x1...4/2x1...2 HP MBD or 2x(...4/...2) HP MBC – DC

For ordering rules, refer to section 9.11.

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

Connection Area

Air Inlet

STAND

Legend

FANU FANUFANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

FANUFANU

TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2

ANC 1

TRE3TRE4TRE3

SUMA

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2

FANU FANU FANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 2( Sector 2 )

( Sector 1 )

ANC 3( Sector 3 )

Empty space.

ÉÉÉÉÉÉ

GSM 1800

Multiband BTS :

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 4( Sector 4 )

ANC 3a b

TRE 1

ANC 1a b

TRE 1

ANC 4a b

ANC 2a b

The BTS has 4 sectors withrespectively n, p, q and r TRE.

2

23 4

TRE 1 23 4

TRE 1 2

TRE4

FANU FANUMultiband Cell :

The BTS has 2 sectors :Sector 1 : – n TRE in GSM 900 band,

ANC1 and ANC2 are setto the same sector number.

– p TRE in GSM 1800 band.

Sector 2 : – q TRE in GSM 1800 band,

ANC3 and ANC4 are setto the same sector number.

– r TRE in GSM 900 band.

Dummy Panel

Dummy Panel

Air Inlet

Air Inlet

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector

Temperature restriction:

In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary)limitation to +40 degrees C

Figure 77. MBI5 – 2x1...4/2x1...2 HP MBD or 2x(...4/...2) HP MBC – DC

Page 178: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

174

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

9.10 MBI5 – 2x1...2/2x1...4 HP MBD or 2x(...2/...4) HP MBC – DC

For ordering rules, refer to section 9.11.

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

Connection Area

Air Inlet

STAND

Legend

FANU FANUFANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

FANUFANUFANU

TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2

ANC 1

TRE3TRE4TRE3TRE4

SUMA

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2

FANU FANU FANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 2( Sector 2 )

( Sector 1 )

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 3( Sector 3 )

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 4( Sector 4 )

Empty space.

ÉÉÉÉÉÉ

GSM 1800

Multiband BTS :

ANC 4a b

TRE 1

ANC 2a b

TRE 1

ANC 3a b

ANC 1a b

The BTS has 4 sectors withrespectively n, p, q and r TRE.

2

23 4

TRE 1 23 4

TRE 1 2

Multiband Cell :The BTS has 2 sectors :Sector 1 : – n TRE in GSM 900 band,

ANC1 and ANC2 are setto the same sector number.

– p TRE in GSM 1800 band.

Sector 2 : – q TRE in GSM 1800 band,

ANC3 and ANC4 are setto the same sector number.

– r TRE in GSM 900 band.Dummy Panel

Dummy Panel

Air Inlet

Air Inlet

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector

Temperature restriction:

In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary)limitation to +40 degrees C

Figure 78. MBI5 – 2x1...2/2x1...4 HP MBD or 2x(...2/...4) HP MBC – DC

Page 179: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

175

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

9.11 MBI5 – 2x1...3/2x1...3 HP MBD or 2x(...3/...3) HP MBC – DC

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

Connection Area

Air Inlet

STAND

Legend

FANU FANUFANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

FANUFANUFANU

TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2

ANC 1

TRE3TRE3TRE3TRE3

SUMA

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2

FANU FANU FANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 2( Sector 2 )

( Sector 1 )

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 3( Sector 3 )

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 4( Sector 4 )

Empty space.

ÉÉÉÉÉÉ

GSM 1800

Multiband BTS :

ANC 2

a b

TRE 1

ANC 1

a b

The BTS has 4 sectors withrespectively n, p, q and r TRE.

23TRE 1 2

Multiband Cell :The BTS has 2 sectors :Sector 1 : – n TRE in GSM 900 band,

ANC1 and ANC2 are setto the same sector number.

– p TRE in GSM 1800 band.

Sector 2 : – q TRE in GSM 1800 band,

ANC3 and ANC4 are setto the same sector number.

– r TRE in GSM 900 band.Dummy Panel

Dummy Panel

Air Inlet

Air Inlet

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector

3

ANC 2

a b

TRE 1

ANC 3

a b

23TRE 1 23

ANC 4

Temperature restriction:

In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary)limitation to +40 degrees C

Figure 79. MBI5 – 2x1...3/2x1...3 HP MBD or 2x(...3/...3) HP MBC – DC

Page 180: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

176

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,rTRX900–HP/p,qTRX1800–HP–MBD [–E+]BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,rTRX900–HP/p,qTRX1800–HP–MBC [–E+]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+

n + r [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOC](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+

p + q [ G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

ANB/ANC module GSM 900 1 G4MOD**OO6

or if (n +r) 4:GSM 900

2G4MOD1*OOA

ANB/ANC module GSM 1800 1+ 1

G4MOD**OO7+ G4MOD**OO2

or if (p+q) 4:GSM 1800

1+ 1

G4MOD1*OOC+ G4MOD**OODGSM 1800

+ 1 + G4MOD**OOD

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC:16 – n – p – q – r

G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+

n’ + r’ [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOC](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+

p’ + r’ [ G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 900 if (n+n’+r+r’) > 4and no ANC on site: 2

G4MOD**OO6

ANC module GSM 1800 if (p+p’+q+q’) > 4and no ANC on site: 1+ 1

G4MOD**OO7+ G4MOD**OO2

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:16

–(n+n’+p+p’+q+q’+r+r’)

G3MOD**OOL

(1) In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary) temperature restriction to +40°C . (Refer to § 2.4)

Page 181: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

177

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

9.12 MBI5 – 2x1...2/2x1...2 HP MBD or 2x(...2/...2) HP MBC – 24V DC

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

Connection Area

Air Inlet

STAND

Legend

FANU FANUFANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

FANUFANUFANU

TRE1TRE2

ANC 1

TRE1TRE1TRE2

SUMA

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

TRE2TRE1TRE2

FANU FANU FANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 2( Sector 2 )

( Sector 1 )

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 3( Sector 3 )

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 4( Sector 4 )

Empty space.

ÉÉÉÉÉÉ

GSM 1800

Multiband BTS :

ANC 2a b

TRE 1

ANC 1a b

The BTS has 4 sectors withrespectively n, p, q and r TRE.

2TRE 1 2

Multiband Cell :The BTS has 2 sectors :Sector 1 : – n TRE in GSM 900 band,

ANC1 and ANC2 are setto the same sector number.

– p TRE in GSM 1800 band.

Sector 2 : – q TRE in GSM 1800 band,

ANC3 and ANC4 are setto the same sector number.

– r TRE in GSM 900 band.

Dummy Panel

Dummy Panel

Air Inlet

Air Inlet

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsalso

ANC 2

a b

TRE 1

ANC 3

a b

2TRE 1 2

ANC 4

24V 24V 24V

Figure 80. MBI5 – 2x1...2/2x1...2 HP MBD or 2x(...2/...2) HP MBC – 24V DC

Page 182: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

178

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,rTRX900–HP/p,qTRX1800–HP–MBD –24V [–E+]BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,rTRX900–HP/p,qTRX1800–HP–MBC –24V [–E+]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3

Converter 24V 3

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+

n + r [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOC]+ G4MOD**OOF

TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+

p + q [ G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANB/ANC module GSM 900 2 G4MOD**OO6

or:GSM 900

2G4MOD1*OOA

ANB/ANC module GSM 1800 1+ 1

G4MOD**OO7+ G4MOD**OO2

or:GSM 1800

1+ 1

G4MOD1*OOC+ G4MOD**OODGSM 1800

+ 1 + G4MOD**OOD

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC:16 – n – p – q – r

G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 900 EDGE n’ + r’ G4MOD**OOT+ G4MOD**OOF

TRE module GSM 1800 EDGE p’ + q’ G4MOD**OON+ G4MOD**OOF

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+

n’ + r’ [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOC]+ G4MOD**OOF

TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+

p’ + r’ [ G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 900 if (n+n’+r+r’) > 4and no ANC on site: 2

G4MOD**OO6

ANC module GSM 1800 if (p+p’+q+q’) > 4and no ANC on site: 1+ 1

G4MOD**OO7+ G4MOD**OO2

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:16

–(n+n’+p+p’+q+q’+r+r’)

G3MOD**OOL

Page 183: BTS Engineering Rules

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of thisdocument, use and communication of its contents

not permitted without written authorization from Evolium.

ED

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 – ALICE 04.10

179

08

/

3BK

15015 CB

AA

PW

ZZ

A

195

195

Page 184: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

180

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

9.13 MBI5 – 1x(...2/...2), 1x(...4/...4) HP MBC – DC

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

Connection Area

Air Inlet

STAND

Legend

FANU FANUFANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

FANUFANU

TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2

ANC 1

TRE3TRE4

TRE3

SUMA

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

TRE1TRE2TRE1TRE2

FANU FANU FANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 2( Sector 2 )

( Sector 1 )

ANC 3( Sector 1 )

Empty space.

ÉÉÉÉÉÉGSM 1800

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 4( Sector 2 )

ANC 1a b

TRE 1

ANC 2a b

TRE 1

ANC 4a b

ANC 3a b

2

23 4 TRE 1 23 4

TRE 1 2

TRE4

FANU FANU

Multiband Cell :

The BTS has 2 sectors :

Sector 1 : – n TRE in GSM 900 band,

ANC1 and ANC3 are setto the same sector number.

– p TRE in GSM 1800 band.Sector 2 :

– q TRE in GSM 1800 band.

ANC2 and ANC4 are setto the same sector number.

– r TRE in GSM 900 band.

Dummy Panel

Dummy Panel

Air Inlet

Air Inlet

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsin case of less than 3 TRE per sector

Temperature restriction:

In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary)limitation to +40 degrees C

Figure 81. MBI5 – 1x(...2/...2), 1x(...4/...4) HP MBC – DC

Page 185: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

181

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,rTRX900–HP/p,qTRX1800–HP–MBD [–E+]BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–n,rTRX900–HP/p,qTRX1800–HP–MBC [–E+]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+

n + r [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOC](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+

p + q [ G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

ANB/ANC module GSM 900 1 G4MOD**OO6

or if (n +r) 4:GSM 900

2G4MOD1*OOA

ANB/ANC module GSM 1800 1+ 1

G4MOD**OO7+ G4MOD**OO2

or if (p+q) 4:GSM 1800

1+ 1

G4MOD1*OOC+ G4MOD**OODGSM 1800

+ 1 + G4MOD**OOD

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC:16 – n – p – q – r

G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION :

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+

n’ + r’ [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOC](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+

p’ + q’ [ G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

ANC module GSM 900 if (n+n’+r+r’) > 4and no ANC on site: 2

G4MOD**OO6

ANC module GSM 1800 if (p+p’+q+q’) > 4and no ANC on site: 1+ 1

G4MOD**OO7+ G4MOD**OO2

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC added:16

–(n+n’+p+p’+q+q’+r+r’)

G3MOD**OOL

(1) In case of more than 9 TRE (in summary) temperature restriction to +40°C . (Refer to § 2.4)

Page 186: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

182

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

9.14 MBI5 – 3x1/3x1HP MBD or 3x(1/1) HP MBC DC

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

Connection Area

Air Inlet

STAND

Legend

FANU FANUFANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

FANUFANUFANU

TRE1

ANC 1

TRE1TRE1TRE1

SUMA

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

TRE1TRE1

FANU FANU FANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 2

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 4

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 3

Empty space.

ÉÉÉÉ

GSM 1800

Multiband BTS :

The BTS has 6 sectors withrespectively one TRE

Dummy Panel

Dummy Panel

Air Inlet

Air Inlet

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 6

ANC 5

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 2

TRE1

Multiband Cell :

The BTS has 3 sectors with each

Sector 1:ANC1 and ANC4 are setto the same sector number.

one TRE in GSM 900 band and inGSM1800 band

Sector 2:ANC2 and ANC5 are setto the same sector number.Sector 3:ANC3 and ANC6 are setto the same sector number.

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsalso

ANC 3a b

TRE 1

ANC 1a b

TRE 1

a b

TRE 1

ANC 2a b

TRE 1

ANC 5

ANC 6a b

TRE 1

ANC 4a b

TRE 1

2

2 2

sector n sector q

sector p

sector r

sector s

sector t

Figure 82. MBI5 – 3x1/3x1 HP MBD or 3x(1/1) HP MBC DC

Page 187: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

183

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–1,1,1TRX900–HP/1,1,1TRX1800–HP–MBD DC [–E+]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–1,1,1TRX900–HP/1,1,1TRX1800–HP–MBC DC [–E+]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+

3 [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOC](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+

3 [ G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD](1)+ G4MOD**OOF

ANB/ANC module GSM 900 3 G4MOD**OO6

or:GSM 900

3G4MOD1*OOA

ANB/ANC module GSM 1800 3 G4MOD**OO2

or:GSM 1800 3 G4MOD**OOD

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC:18

G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION : No extension

Page 188: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

184

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

9.15 MBI5 – 3x1/3x2 HP MBD or 3x(1/2) HP MBC DC

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

Connection Area

Air Inlet

STAND

Legend

FANU FANUFANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

FANUFANUFANU

TRE1

ANC 1

TRE1TRE2

SUMA

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

TRE2

TRE1

FANU FANU FANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 6

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 2

Empty space.

ÉÉÉÉÉÉ

GSM 1800

The BTS has 6 sectors withrespectively one or two TRE

Dummy Panel

Dummy Panel

Air Inlet

Air Inlet

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsalso

ANC 5

TRE1

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 4

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

TRE1TRE2

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 3

TRE1

(Sector 1)(Sector 3)(Sector 2)

(Sector 5)(Sector 4)(Sector 6)

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

TRE1

TRE1

Multiband Cell :

The BTS has 3 sectors with each

Sector 1:ANC1 and ANC4 are setto the same sector number.

Sector 2:ANC2 and ANC5 are setto the same sector number.Sector 3:ANC3 and ANC6 are setto the same sector number.

Multiband BTS :

– 1 TRE in GSM900 band and– 2 TRE in GSM1800 band

ANC 3a b

TRE 1

ANC 1a b

TRE 1

a b

TRE 1

ANC 2a b

TRE 1

ANC 5

ANC 6a b

TRE 1

ANC 4a b

TRE 1

2

2 2

sector n sector q

sector p

sector r

sector s

sector t

Figure 83. MBI5 – 3x1/3x2 HP MBD DC

Page 189: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

185

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–1,1,1TRX900–HP/2,2,2TRX1800–HP–MBD DC [–E+]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–1,1,1TRX900–HP/2,2,2TRX1800–HP–MBC DC [–E+]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+

3 [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOC]+ G4MOD**OOF

TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+

6 [ G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANB/ANC module GSM 900 3 G4MOD**OO6

or:GSM 900

3G4MOD1*OOA

ANB/ANC module GSM 1800 3 G4MOD**OO2

or:GSM 1800 3 G4MOD**OOD

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC:15

G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION : No extension

Page 190: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

186

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

9.16 MBI5 – 3x2/3x1 HP MBD or 3x(2/1) HP MBC DC

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

Connection Area

Air Inlet

STAND

Legend

FANU FANUFANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

FANUFANUFANU

TRE1

ANC 1

TRE1TRE2

SUMA

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

TRE2

TRE1

FANU FANU FANU

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 6

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 2

Empty space.

ÉÉÉÉÉÉ

GSM 900

Dummy Panel

Dummy Panel

Air Inlet

Air Inlet

The ANCs can be replaced by ANBsalso

ANC 5

TRE1

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 4

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

TRE1TRE2

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

ANC 3

TRE1

(Sector 1)(Sector 3)(Sector 2)

(Sector 5)(Sector 4)(Sector 6)

ÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉÉ

TRE1

TRE1

The BTS has 6 sectors withrespectively one or two TRE

Multiband Cell :

The BTS has 3 sectors with each

Sector 1:

ANC1 and ANC4 are setto the same sector number.

Sector 2:ANC2 and ANC5 are setto the same sector number.

Sector 3:ANC3 and ANC6 are setto the same sector number.

Multiband BTS :

– 2 TRE in GSM900 band and– 1 TRE in GSM1800 band

ANC 3

a b

TRE 1

ANC 1

a b

TRE 1

a b

TRE 1

ANC 2a b

TRE 1

ANC 5

ANC 6a b

TRE 1

ANC 4a b

TRE 1

2

2 2

sector n sector q

sector p

sector r

sector s

sector t

Figure 84. MBI5 – 3x2/3x1 HP MBD DC

Page 191: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

187

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–2,2,2TRX900–HP/1,1,1TRX1800–HP–MBD DC [–E+]or BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–2,2,2TRX900–HP/1,1,1TRX1800–HP–MBC DC [–E+]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

TRE module GSM 900 EDGEor GSM 900 EDGE+

6 [ G4MOD**OOTor G4MOD**OOC]+ G4MOD**OOF

TRE module GSM 1800 EDGEor GSM 1800 EDGE+

3 [ G4MOD**OONor G4MOD**OOD]+ G4MOD**OOF

ANB/ANC module GSM 900 3 G4MOD**OO6

or:GSM 900

3G4MOD1*OOA

ANB/ANC module GSM 1800 3 G4MOD**OO2

or:GSM 1800 3 G4MOD**OOD

50 Ohms load for AN If ANC:15

G3MOD**OOL

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

TDS REFERENCES FOR EXTENSION : No extension

Page 192: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

188

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

10 EMPTY CONFIGURATIONS

10.1 MBI3–0TRX – DC or AC

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀÀ

Connection Area

Air Inlet

STAND

FANU FANUFANU

Air Inlet

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

BATS(Option)

FANU FANU FANU

ANC 1ANC 2 SUMA

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ADAM

PM12

PM12

Dummy Panel

Legend

Optional equipment

ÅÅÅÅÅÅ

Modules present onlyin AC configuration

Explanation

This configuration is based onMBI3 2x1...2 AC

Empty space

Figure 85. MBI3 – 0TRX DC or AC (example)

Page 193: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

189

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI3–0TRX–[AC–BU u]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO1

or AC 1 MBIGSM*OO2

TDS REFERENCES FOR OPTIONS:

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

ANB/ANC module GSM 850or GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900

1...3 G850MODOO3or G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS

or:GSM 900

or GSM 1800

1...3G4MOD1*OOA

or G4MOD1*OOC

Battery Backup Unit(In case of AC–variant)

BU5 1 G4CAB**OO8

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

Page 194: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

190

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

10.2 MBI5–0TRX – DC or AC

Connection Area

Air

Dummy

Air Inlet

STAND

Legend

FANU FANUFANU

FANUFANUFANU

ANC 1

Air Inlet

Optional equipment

FANU FANU FANU

ANC 2( Sector 2 )

( Sector 1 )

( Sector 3 )

SUMA

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ADAM

PM12

PM12

PM12

ÅÅÅÅÅÅ

Modules present onlyin AC configurationÅÅÅÅÅÅ

ÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅÅ

BATS

Panel

Dummy Panel

Inlet

ANC 3

Explanation

This configuration is based onMBI5 – 3x1...4 –DC or AC

Empty space(Option)

Figure 86. MBI5 – 0TRX – DC or AC (example)

Page 195: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

191

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

MNEMONICS : BTS–9100–IND–MBI5–0TRX–[AC–BU u]

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Cabinet DC 1 MBIGSM*OO3

or AC 1 MBIGSM*OO4+ G4CAB**OO1

TDS REFERENCES FOR OPTIONS:

SUMA E1 without options 1 G4MOD**OO3

ANB/ANC module GSM 850or GSM 900or GSM 1800or GSM 1900

1...3 G850MODOO3or G4MOD**OO6or G4MOD**OO7or G4MOD**OOS

or:GSM 900

or GSM 1800

1...3G4MOD1*OOA

or G4MOD1*OOC

Battery Backup Unit(In case of AC–variant)

BU5 1 G4CAB**OO8

+ Options & Installation Kits not included in MBI cabinet : Refer to chapter 11.

Page 196: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

192

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

11 OPTIONAL EQUIPMENTS & INSTALLATION KITS

11.1 Kit for microwave equipments

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Kit PIDU For up to 3 x PIDU :1

KITPIDU005

OPEN POINT §11.1 Kit PIDU for MBI not yet defined in PCL.

11.2 Installation kits : characteristics

Site preparation may require some installation kits such as cables, DDF, ...The goal of this chapter is to give you some information about the characteristics of these kits.Note : The cables and DDF described here after are supplied either by the customer (In accordancewith the specification for site preparation ) or by Alcatel.

Cables:Here are, for reminder, some informations about the power cables used in the kits :

DC Power cable up to 30m length : 16 mm2

AC Power cable up to 30m length : 2x4 mm2

Ground cable : 16 mm2

PCM cables can be used up to 100m.PCM 120 Ohms : L907 4 pairsPCM 75 Ohms : FLEX3 4 coaxialsExternal Alarms : L907 8 pairs.

Digital Distribution Frame (DDF):The DDF, valid for 120 Ohms and 75 Ohms connections, is composed of :

– 4 terminal blocks (for 10 pairs each),– 1 mechanical part,– 1 wall fixing kit, or rack fixing kit,– 1 labels kit.

Rack fixing kit:Two kinds are defined depending of the use : concrete or raised floor mounting.There is also available an additional fixing kit to enable a better rack fuxing in earthquake–prone areas.

Page 197: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

193

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

Installation Kits

Equipment Choice Quantity TDR

Mandatory Equipments

Basic Installation Kit 1 MBSINSTOO1

Antenna Jumper Cable 1mor 2m (1)or 3mor 5m

2 per ANC G3INS**OOUor INSTALBOOJor MBSINSTOO5or INSTALBOOK

Cables

PCM Cable 75 Ω / Roll 100mor 75 Ω / Roll 250mor 120 Ω / Roll 100mor 120 Ω / Roll 250m

(a)PCMCAB1OOC

or PCMCAB1OODor PCMCAB1OOGor PCMCAB1OOH

Alarm Cable Roll 100mor Roll 250m

(b) PCMCAB1OOJor PCMCAB1OOL

DC Power cable Roll 100m

or Roll 250m(c)

[ PWSCAB1OOE+ PWSCAB1OOG]

or [ PWSCAB1OOF+ PWSCAB1OOH]

AC Power cable Roll 100mor Roll 250m

(d) PWSCAB1OOYor PWSCAB1OOZ

Ground cable Roll 100mor Roll 250m

(e) PWSCAB1OOJor PWSCAB1OOL

Optional Equipments

DDF Wall fixing

or Rack fixing

1 [ G3INS2*OOJ+ G3INS2*OOK ]

or [ G3INS2*OOJ+ G3INS2*OOL ]

Jumpers for DDF 75 Ω / Roll 100mor 75 Ω / Roll 250mor 120 Ω / Roll 100mor 120 Ω / Roll 250m

(f)PCMCAB1OOA

or PCMCAB1OOBor PCMCAB1OOEor PCMCAB1OOF

Rack fixing kit for Concrete Flooror for Raised Floor

1 G3INS**OOXor [ G3INS*OOX

+ MBSINSTOO2 ]

Additional fixing kit 1 MBSINSTOO3

(1) 2m is the standard jumper cable

Page 198: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

194

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

DIMENSIONING OF THE ROLLS

As a roll may cover several installations, the number of rolls to be ordered will be defined by thelaunching people, depending of :

– Number of BTSs to be installed,– Indications from Site Survey,– or Average lengths given in the table here below.

Note Cable type MaximumLength

Average Length Roll 100mcoverage

Roll 250mcoverage

(a) PCM cable 100m 20m 1 to 5 BTS 1 to 12 BTS

(b) Alarm cable 100m 20m 1 to 5 BTS 1 to 12 BTS

(c) DC Power cable 30m 10m 1 to 10 BTS 1 to 25 BTS

(d) AC Power cable 30m 10m 1 to 10 BTS 1 to 25 BTS

(e) Ground cable 30m 10m 1 to 10 BTS 1 to 25 BTS

(f) Jumpers forDDF

100m 0,5m 1 to 20 BTS 1 to 50 BTS

Page 199: BTS Engineering Rules

All

right

s re

serv

ed. P

assi

ng o

n an

d co

pyin

g of

this

docu

men

t, us

e an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n of

its

cont

ents

not p

erm

itted

with

out w

ritte

n au

thor

izat

ion

from

Evo

lium

.

ED

1AA

000

14 0

004

(900

7) A

4 –

ALI

CE

04.

10

195

08

/3BK 15015 CBAA PWZZA

195

195

GLOSSARY / TERMINOLOGYAC Alternating CurrentAD Antenna DiversityADAM AC/DC Adapter ModuleAN Antenna NetworkANB Antenna Network Bi TREANC Antenna Network with CombinerANY Antenna Network – Type Y (Twin wide band combiner stage and power splitter)BATS BATtery SmallBBU Battery Backup UnitBTS Base Transceiver StationBTSCA BTS Connection AreaBU101 Battery Unit (90 Ah)CMA Configuration Management ApplicationDC Direct CurrentDCS Digital Cellular SystemE1 PCM link at 2.048 Mbit/s in either 120 or 75 Ohm.EDGE Enhanced Data rates for GSM EvolutionGPS Global Positioning SystemGPSRS GPS Receiver StationGSM Global System for Mobile CommunicationHW HardWareIDU InDoor Unit ( of microwave entity )Low Losses So called configurations in which more than 1 ANC and more than 2 antennas

are installed per sector.MAB Mast Amplifier BoxMBI Multistandard Base station IndoorMW MicrowaveNE Network EntityODU OutDoor Unit ( of microwave entity )OMU Operation and Maintenance UnitPCL Product Configuration LevelPCM Pulse Coded ModulationPDU Power Distribution UnitPM12 Power Module 1200W AC/DCPS Power SupplyREK Range Extension KitRI Remote InventoryRIT Replaceable ITemRNP Radio Network PlanningSR SubrackSTASR STAndard SubrackSUM Station Unit ModuleSUMA RIT name of the G4 SUM.SUS Station Unit SharingTDR Technical Data ReferenceNTL Network Termination LineTRE TRansceiver Equipment

END OF DOCUMENT